Specifications

ManualsBrandsProCurve ManualsComputer equipment5400zl

ProCurve 5400zl Switches

Installation and Getting Started Guide

3500yl switches

5400zl switches

6200yl switches

8200zl switches

HP ProCurve Switch Software

Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Software version K.14.09

April 2009

Summary of content (765 pages)

PAGE 1
ProCurve 5400zl Switches HP ProCurve Switch Software Installation and Getting Started Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide 3500yl switches 5400zl switches 6200yl switches 8200zl switches Software version K.14.
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
HP ProCurve 3500yl Switches 5400zl Switches 6200yl Switch 8200zl Switches April 2009 K.14.
PAGE 4
Hewlett-Packard Company Publication Number 5992-3063 April 2009 Copyright © Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Disclaimer HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
PAGE 5
Contents Introduction ................................................................................................................................... Introduction ........................................................................................................................... Conventions .................................................................................................................. Getting Documentation From the Web ...........................................................
PAGE 6
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide chassislocate ......................................................................................................................... 77 Overview ....................................................................................................................... 77 Command Structure ...................................................................................................... 77 Command Details .....................
PAGE 7
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Structure .................................................................................................... Command Details ........................................................................................................ dhcp-snooping .................................................................................................................... Overview ....................................................
PAGE 8
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide hostname ............................................................................................................................ Overview ..................................................................................................................... Command Structure .................................................................................................... Examples ...........................................
PAGE 9
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Details ........................................................................................................ link-test ................................................................................................................................ Overview ..................................................................................................................... Command Structure ...........................
PAGE 10
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide mirror .................................................................................................................................. Overview ..................................................................................................................... Command Structure .................................................................................................... Command Details ................................
PAGE 11
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide print ..................................................................................................................................... Overview ..................................................................................................................... Command Structure .................................................................................................... Command Details ..............................
PAGE 12
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide Examples ..................................................................................................................... Command Details ........................................................................................................ r-wireless-services ............................................................................................................... Overview ...........................................
PAGE 13
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Structure .................................................................................................... Examples ..................................................................................................................... Command Details ........................................................................................................ stack ...........................................................
PAGE 14
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide terminal ............................................................................................................................... Overview ..................................................................................................................... Command Structure .................................................................................................... Command Details .................................
PAGE 15
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Command Line Interface Reference Guide wireless-services ................................................................................................................. Overview ..................................................................................................................... Notes ........................................................................................................................... Command Structure .........................
PAGE 17
Introduction CONVENTIONS Abstract This guide uses the following conventions for command syntax and displayed information. Command Syntax Statements Syntax: aaa port-access authenticator PORT-LIST [ control < authorized | auto | unauthorized >] ■ Vertical bars ( | ) separate alternative, mutually exclusive elements. ■ Square brackets ( [ ] ) indicate optional elements. ■ Braces ( < > ) enclose required elements.
PAGE 18
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Introduction Example Commands Example commands and their output appear in the Courier type face. For example: ProCurve(config)# clear public-key ProCurve(config)# show ip client-public-key show_client_public_key: cannot stat keyfile Port Numbering Conventions ProCurve chassis switches designate individual ports with a letter/number combination to show the slot in which the port is found and the sequential number the port has in that slot (A1, A2, B1, B2, etc.
PAGE 19
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Introduction This option displays help for any command available at the current context level. RELATED PUBLICATIONS The following documents (available on the ProCurve website) provide additional information on the CLI commands.
PAGE 20
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Introduction ■ KMS (Key Management System) Advanced Traffic Management Guide Use the Advanced Traffic Management Guide for information on: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ VLANs: Static port-based and protocol VLANs, and dynamic GVRP VLANs Spanning-Tree: 802.1D (STP), 802.1w (RSTP), and 802.
PAGE 21
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Introduction Structure provides a high-level view of all the command options and parameters for that command. Each of these is hyperlinked to take you to the details about that option or parameter. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 23
aaa OVERVIEW Category: 802.1X, Accounting, Switch Security Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) show (page 511) show (page 511) show (page 511) show (page 511) radius-server (page 456) tacacs-server (page 678) Usage: aaa <...> Description: Configure the switch Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting features. Use 'aaa ?' command to see a list of all possible configuration options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ aaa accounting -- Configure accounting parameters on the switch (p.
PAGE 24
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ aaa ■ primary < local | tacacs | radius > -- Specify the primary authentication method for access control. (p. 44) ■ secondary < local | none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control. (p. 48) login -- Specify that switch respects the authentication server's privilege level (p. 36) ■ privilege-mode -- Specify that switch respects the authentication server's privilege level (p.
PAGE 25
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ secondary < local | none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control. (p. 48) ■ web-based -- Configure authentication mechanism used to control web-based port access to the switch (p. 55) ■ primary < chap-radius | peap-mschapv2 > -- Specify the primary authentication method for access control. (p. 44) ■ secondary < none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control. (p.
PAGE 26
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ mac-list1 -- Manage MAC address based network authentication on the device port(s). ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 39) ■ addr-limit < 1 to 32 > -- Set the port's maximum number of authenticated MAC addresses (default 1). (NUMBER) (p. 27) ■ addr-moves -- Set whether the MAC can move between ports (default disabled - no moves). (p. 27) ■ auth-vid -- Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default). (p.
PAGE 27
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ ip-addr -- IP address of the enahced web auth server. (IP-ADDR) (p. 35) ■ page-path -- Sets the path of the login pages to be found on the ewa server. (ASCII-STR) (p. 42) ■ web-list1 -- Manage web authentication based network authentication on the device port(s). ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 57) ■ auth-vid -- Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default). (p.
PAGE 28
Command Line Interface Reference Guide control (p. 32) controlled-direction (p. 32) dhcp-addr (p. 33) dhcp-lease (p. 33) enable (p. 33) ewa-server (p. 34) exec (p. 34) gvrp-vlans (p. 34) held-period (p. 35) host-name (p. 35) aaa NUMBER-OF-CLIENTS (p. 42) page-path (p. 42) periodic (p. 42) port-access (p. 42) PORT-LIST (p. 43) primary (p. 44) primary_method (p. 47) privilege-mode (p. 47) quiet-period (p. 47) reauthenticate (p. 47) unauth-vid (p. 53) update (p. 54) VLAN-ID (p. 54) web (p.
PAGE 29
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa active ■ [no] aaa port-access authenticator active Activate/deactivate 802.1X authenticator. addr-format ■ aaa port-access mac-based addr-format < no-delimiter | single-dash | multi-dash | ... > Set the MAC address format to be used in the RADIUS request message (default no-delimiter). Supported Values: ■ no-delimiter -- no delimiter format: aabbccddeeff. ■ single-dash -- single dash format: aabbcc-ddeeff. ■ multi-dash -- multi-dash format: aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff.
PAGE 30
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ web-based -- Configure authentication mechanism used to control web-based port access to the switch(p. 55) ■ mac-based -- Configure authentication mechanism used to control mac-based port access to the switch(p. 37) ■ num-attempts < 1 to 10 > -- Specify the maximum number of login attempts allowed(p. 42) ■ login -- Specify that switch respects the authentication server's privilege level(p.
PAGE 31
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa switch does not try to acquire a supplicant after a failed authentication attempt(default 60 seconds). o 'tx-period' sets the period of time the switch waits to retransmit the next EAPOL PDU during an authentication session (default 30 seconds). o 'server-timeout' sets the period of time after which the switch assumes that authentication has timed out (default 30 seconds).
PAGE 32
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa no specific MAC address filter on the port. The default is no client limit. o 'initialize' re-initialize authentication on the specified ports. That is, 'initialize' blocks inbound and outbound traffic and restarts the authentication process on the specified ports that are configured with 'control auto' (see the 'control' parameter, described above) and actively operating as authenticators.
PAGE 33
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ VLAN-ID -- Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default). (VLAN-ID) (p. 54) ■ [no] aaa port-access web-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST auth-vid Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default). Next Available Option: ■ web-authvid -- Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default). (VLAN-ID) (p.
PAGE 34
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ mode < stop-only > -- Specify how to initiate and terminate an accounting session. (p. 40) ■ [no] aaa authorization commands Configure exec (shell) commands authorization. Next Available Option: ■ primary_method < radius | none > -- (p.
PAGE 35
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Configure how traffic is controlled on non-authenticated ports; in BOTH directions (ingress+egress) or IN only (ingress). Supported Values: ■ both -- Exert control in both directions. ■ in -- Exert control on incoming packets. dhcp-addr ■ aaa port-access web-based dhcp-addr IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH Set the base address / mask for the temporary pool used by DHCP (base address default is 192.168.0.0, mask default is 24 - 255.255.255.0).
PAGE 36
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ewa-server ■ [no] aaa port-access web-based ewa-server IP address or hostname of the enhanced web authentication server on the device. Next Available Options: ■ ip-addr -- IP address of the enahced web auth server. (IP-ADDR) (p. 35) ■ host-name -- Hostname of the enhanced web auth server. (ASCII-STR) (p. 35) exec ■ [no] aaa accounting exec Usage: [no] aaa accounting exec Description: Configure 'exec' type of accounting.
PAGE 37
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa -Disable the port from sending advertisements of existing GVRP-created VLANs on the switch. -Drop all GVRP advertisements received on the port. 3. If you disable the use of dynamic VLANs in an authentication session using the no aaa port-access gvrp-vlans command, client sessions that were authenticated with a dynamic VLAN continue and are not deauthenticated.
PAGE 38
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ page-path -- Sets the path of the login pages to be found on the ewa server. (ASCII-STR) (p. 42) login ■ aaa authentication console login Configure login access to the switch. Next Available Option: ■ primary < local | tacacs | radius > -- Specify the primary authentication method for access control.(p. 44) ■ aaa authentication telnet login Configure login access to the switch.
PAGE 39
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Set period of time after which a client will be considered removed from the port for a lack of activity. Range: < 1 to 999999999 > ■ aaa port-access mac-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST logoff-period < 1 to 9999999 > Set the period of time of inactivity that the switch considers an implicit logoff (default 300 seconds).
PAGE 40
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa The first form of the command sets the MAC address format which is common to all ports The second form of the command enables, disables, or configures authentication on the device's individual ports. o 'addr-format' sets the MAC address format to be used in the RADIUS request message (default no-delimiter). o 'addr-limit' sets the maximum number of MAC addresses to allow on the port. This includes ALL addresses (authenticated and unauthenticated).
PAGE 41
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ addr-format < no-delimiter | single-dash | multi-dash | ... > -- Set the MAC address format to be used in the RADIUS request message (default no-delimiter).(p. 27) mac-list1 ■ [no] aaa port-access mac-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Manage MAC address based network authentication on the device port(s). Next Available Options: ■ addr-limit < 1 to 32 > -- Set the port's maximum number of authenticated MAC addresses (default 1). (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 42
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Set number of times a client can enter their credentials before authentication is considered to have failed (default 3). Range: < 1 to 10 > max-start ■ aaa port-access supplicant [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST max-start < 1 to 10 > Define the maximum number of attempts taken to start authentication (default 3).
PAGE 43
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ method < radius > -- Specify which accounting method to use (radius) (p. 40) ■ aaa accounting network < start-stop | stop-only > Specify how to initiate and terminate an accounting session. Supported Values: ■ start-stop -- Send start and stop record accounting notice. ■ stop-only -- Send stop record accounting notice only. Next Available Option: ■ method < radius > -- Specify which accounting method to use (radius) (p.
PAGE 44
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa num-attempts ■ aaa authentication num-attempts < 1 to 10 > Usage: aaa authentication num-attempts <1-10> Description: Specify the maximum number of login attempts allowed. The default value is 3. Range: < 1 to 10 > NUMBER-OF-CLIENTS ■ aaa port-access authenticator [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST client-limit < 1 to 32 > Set the maximum number of clients to allow on the port.
PAGE 45
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Usage: [no] aaa port-access Description: Configure 802.1X (Port Based Network Access), MAC address based network access, or web authentication based network access on the device. You can configure authenticator, supplicant, MAC address based, or web authentication based network access on the device or device ports by specifying a corresponding keyword.
PAGE 46
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ logoff-period < 1 to 999999999 > -- Set period of time after which a client will be considered removed from the port for a lack of activity. (NUMBER) (p. 36) ■ client-limit -- Set the maximum number of clients to allow on the port.(p. 31) ■ initialize -- Reinitialize the authenticator state machine.(p. 35) ■ reauthenticate -- Force re-authentication to happen.(p. 47) ■ clear-statistics -- Clear the authenticator statistics.(p.
PAGE 47
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ secondary < local | none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control.(p. 48) ■ aaa authentication telnet login < local | tacacs | radius > Specify the primary authentication method for access control. Supported Values: ■ local -- Use local switch user/password database. ■ tacacs -- Use TACACS+ server. ■ radius -- Use RADIUS server.
PAGE 48
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ secondary < local | none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control.(p. 48) ■ aaa authentication ssh login < local | tacacs | radius | ... > Specify the primary authentication method for access control. Supported Values: ■ local -- Use local switch user/password database. ■ tacacs -- Use TACACS+ server. ■ radius -- Use RADIUS server. ■ public-key -- Use local switch public key authentication database.
PAGE 49
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ secondary < none | authorized > -- Specify the backup authentication method for access control.(p. 48) primary_method ■ aaa authorization commands < radius | none > Supported Values: ■ radius -- Use RADIUS protocol as the authorization method. ■ none -- No authorization (always succeeds).
PAGE 50
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Range: < 0 to 9999999 > ■ aaa port-access mac-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST reauth-period < 0 to 9999999 > Set the re-authentication timeout in seconds; set to '0' to disable re-authentication (default 0). Range: < 0 to 9999999 > ■ aaa port-access web-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST reauth-period < 0 to 9999999 > Set the re-authentication timeout in seconds; set to '0' to disable re-authentication (default 0).
PAGE 51
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ none -- Do not use backup authentication methods. ■ authorized -- Allow access without authentication. ■ aaa authentication web enable < local | radius > < local | none | authorized > Specify the backup authentication method for access control. Supported Values: ■ local -- Use local switch user/password database. ■ none -- Do not use backup authentication methods. ■ authorized -- Allow access without authentication.
PAGE 52
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa secret ■ aaa port-access supplicant [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST identity IDENTITY secret ■ aaa port-access supplicant [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST secret Trigger the command to ask user for a password for the supplicant to use. server-timeout ■ aaa port-access authenticator [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST server-timeout < 1 to 300 > Set the authentication server response timeout (default 30sec.).
PAGE 53
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa start-period ■ aaa port-access supplicant [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST start-period < 1 to 300 > Set a period of time between EAPOL-Start packet retransmission (default 30sec.).
PAGE 54
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa supplicant-timeout ■ aaa port-access authenticator [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST supplicant-timeout < 1 to 300 > Set the supplicant response timeout on an EAP request (default 30 sec.). Range: < 1 to 300 > suppress ■ [no] aaa accounting suppress Do not generate accounting records for a specific type of user. Next Available Option: ■ null-username -- Do not generate accounting records for users with a null-username. (p.
PAGE 55
Command Line Interface Reference Guide o - aaa Specifies an authentication method to use, if the primary authentication method is not able to check user's credentials. Use or after you specify the primary authentication method to get a list of all available backup methods. Next Available Options: ■ enable -- Configure access to the privileged mode commands.(p. 33) ■ login -- Configure login access to the switch.(p.
PAGE 56
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Next Available Option: ■ web-unauthvid -- Configures VLAN where to keep port while there is an unauthorized client connected (not configured by default). (VLAN-ID) (p. 58) update ■ [no] aaa accounting update Usage: [no] aaa accounting update periodic Description: Configure update accounting records mechanism. Parameters: periodic - Send accounting update records at regular intervals given by 'number' (in minutes).
PAGE 57
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa to use, if the primary authentication method is not able to check user's credentials. Use or after you specify the primary authentication method to get a list of all available backup methods. Next Available Options: ■ enable -- Configure access to the privileged mode commands.(p. 33) ■ login -- Configure login access to the switch.(p.
PAGE 58
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa Description: Configure web authentication based network authentication on the device or the device's port(s). The first form of the command sets the dhcp address, dhcp lease, or ewa server parameters which are common to all ports The second form of the command enables, disables, or configures authentication on the device's individual ports. o 'dhcp-addr' sets the base address / mask for the temporary pool used by DHCP (base address default is 192.168.0.
PAGE 59
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa the switch considers an implicit logoff (default 300) o 'reauth-period' sets the period of time after which connected clients must be re-authenticated. When the timeout is set to 0 the re-authentication is disabled (default 0). o 'auth-vid' configures the VLAN to which to move a port after successful authentication. RADIUS server can override the value. Use 'no' form of the command to set this PVID to 0.
PAGE 60
Command Line Interface Reference Guide aaa ■ max-requests < 1 to 10 > -- Set maximum number of times the switch retransmits authentication requests (default 3). (NUMBER) (p. 39) ■ reauth-period < 0 to 9999999 > -- Set the re-authentication timeout in seconds; set to '0' to disable re-authentication (default 0). (NUMBER) (p. 47) ■ auth-vid -- Configures VLAN where to move port after successful authentication (not configured by default).(p.
PAGE 61
access-list OVERVIEW FOR IPV4 ACLS Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Note: This information is preliminary; the final detailed command list is coming soon.
PAGE 62
Command Line Interface Reference Guide access-list o - specify the source or destination IP addresses to match. The following formats may be used to specify IP addresses: * IP-ADDR MASK - match addresses defined by IP-ADDR using the bits set to zero in MASK. * IP-ADDR/MASK-LEN - the mask is one in which the high order MASK-LEN bits are zeros, and the remaining bits are ones. 172.16.0.0/18 translates to 172.16.0.0 0.0.63.255 * host IP-ADDR - match a specific host; implies a mask of all zeros.
PAGE 63
Command Line Interface Reference Guide access-list |DA/> [comparison-operator ] [established] [ack][fin][rst][syn] |SA/> |DA/> [0-255 [0-255]|icmp-message] [dscp ] [log] Insert an ACE or a remark by assigning a sequence number: ProCurve(config)# ipv6 access-list ProCurve(config-ipv6-acl)# Note: The deny and permit keywords use the options show a
PAGE 64
Command Line Interface Reference Guide access-list Displaying ACL Data: ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# ProCurve(config)# show show show show show show show access-list access-list access-list access-list access-list access-list access-list [config] config ports vlan radius resources COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 65
alias OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] alias [COMMAND-OPTIONS] Description: Configure/remove a NAME for the specified alias command and options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] alias name -- Name of alias. (ASCII-STR) (p. 63) ■ command -- Command to execute. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 66
arp OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: no arp IP-ADDRESS Description: Remove the specified IP-ADDRESS entry from the ARP cache (note: the keyword 'no' must be specified). o IP-ADDRESS - ip address of the ARP cache entry to be removed. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 67
arp-protect OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] arp-protect [trust [ethernet] PORT-LIST| validate | vlan VLAN-ID-RANGE] Description: Configure Dynamic ARP Protection. To Enable/disable ARP Protection on the switch execute the [no] arp-protect command. Dynamic ARP Protection will not be enabled on any VLAN if it is not enabled on the switch. By default Dynamic ARP Protection is disabled.
PAGE 68
Command Line Interface Reference Guide arp-protect ■ src-mac -- Drop any ARP request or response packet in which the source MAC in the ethernet header does not match the sender MAC address in the body of the packet. (p. 66) ■ [no] arp-protect vlan -- Enable/disable Dynamic ARP Protection on a VLAN(s). (p. 67) ■ vlan-list -- (VLAN-ID-RANGE) (p. 67) COMMAND DETAILS dest-mac (p. 66) ip (p. 66) src-mac (p. 66) trust (p. 66) validate (p. 66) vlan (p. 67) vlan-list (p.
PAGE 69
Command Line Interface Reference Guide arp-protect vlan ■ [no] arp-protect vlan Enable/disable Dynamic ARP Protection on a VLAN(s). Next Available Option: ■ vlan-list -- (VLAN-ID-RANGE) (p. 67) vlan-list ■ [no] arp-protect vlan VLAN-ID-RANGE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 70
autorun OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands copy usb (page 133) Usage: [no] autorun ... Description: Enable/Disable/Configure Autorun. Use the 'secure-mode' keyword to enable/disable secure mode for autorun. Use the 'encryption-key' keyword to configure or remove an encryption key (a base-64 encoded string). The encryption key is a prerequisite for enabling autorun in secure-mode. Encryption is noted only when the AutoRun file is also signed by an authentic source.
PAGE 71
Command Line Interface Reference Guide autorun AES 128 encryption key string for Autorun secure-mode ■ [no] autorun secure-mode Enable or disable secure mode for Autorun. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 72
auto-tftp OVERVIEW Category: File Transfer Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “client” (page 685) Usage: [no] auto-tftp [ ] Description: Enable/disable automatic software image download via TFTP during boot. The software image will be downloaded if it has a different version from the software running on the switch. The command requires the parameters to be specified when used without 'no'.
PAGE 73
Command Line Interface Reference Guide auto-tftp IPv4 address of the TFTP server to download a software image from. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- The software image file-name. (ASCII-STR) (p. 70) server-ipv6 ■ auto-tftp IPV6-ADDR IPv6 address of the TFTP server to download a software image from. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- The software image file-name. (ASCII-STR) (p. 70) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 74
banner OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) Usage: [no] banner motd ASCII-STR Description: Define a login banner. The banner will be displayed before login on the console, telnet, ssh, and Web-UI sessions. The banner can be a multi-line text up to 320 characters. The banner text can contain any printable character except the delimiting character and the ~ character. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] banner motd -- Set message of the day banner (p.
PAGE 75
boot OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands reload (page 467) Usage: boot boot boot boot [system [flash ] [config FILENAME]] set-default flash active standby Description: Reboot the device. The primary or secondary software image can be specified to be used during the boot process. Optionally, a configuration file can be set for this boot. Parameters: o set-default- Sets the default flash boot image for next boot.
PAGE 76
Command Line Interface Reference Guide boot module. If a second management module is not present in the switch, the system is rebooted. config ■ boot system flash < primary | secondary > config < config | config1 > Specify configuration file to use on boot. Supported Values: ■ config ■ config1 flash ■ boot system flash < primary | secondary > Specify boot image to use after reboot. Supported Values: ■ primary -- Primary flash image. ■ secondary -- Secondary flash image.
PAGE 77
Command Line Interface Reference Guide boot system ■ boot system Allows user to specify boot image to use after reboot. Next Available Option: ■ flash < primary | secondary > -- Specify boot image to use after reboot.(p. 74) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 78
cdp OVERVIEW Category: Routing Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “cdp” (page 537) Usage: [no] cdp ... Description: Set various CDP (Cisco Discovery Protocol) parameters. Use 'cdp ?' to get a list of all possible options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] cdp enable -- Enable/disable CDP on particular device ports ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 76) ■ [no] cdp run -- Start and stop CDP on the device (p.
PAGE 79
chassislocate OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: chassislocate [<1-1440>] chassislocate off Description: Control the chassis locate led. Parameters: o o o o on - Turn the led on. off - Turn the led off. blink - Make the led blink. [<1-1440>] - Number of minutes the led is to blink or be turned on (default is 30). COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ chassislocate blink -- Blink the chassis locate led (default 30 minutes). (p.
PAGE 80
Command Line Interface Reference Guide chassislocate off ■ chassislocate off Turn the chassis locate led off. on ■ chassislocate on Turn the chassis locate led on (default 30 minutes). Next Available Option: ■ duration < 1 to 1440 > -- Number of minutes duration (default 30). (NUMBER) (p. 77) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 81
class OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands policy (page 398) Usage: [no] class Description: Create a classifier class and enter the class context. Parameters are address family(ipv4 or ipv6) and class name. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] class ipv4 -- Enter ipv4 class name (ASCII-STR) (p. 80) ■ [no] class ipv6 -- Enter ipv6 class name (ASCII-STR) (p. 80) ■ class resequence -- Renumber the entries in the class. (p.
PAGE 82
Command Line Interface Reference Guide class incr-num ■ class resequence ipv4 IPV4 < 1 to 2147483647 > < 1 to 2147483646 > Specify the increment. Range: < 1 to 2147483646 > ■ class resequence ipv6 IPV6 < 1 to 2147483647 > < 1 to 2147483646 > Specify the increment. Range: < 1 to 2147483646 > ipv4 ■ [no] class ipv4 IPV4 Enter ipv4 class name ■ class resequence ipv4 IPV4 Enter ipv4 class name Next Available Option: ■ start-seq-num < 1 to 2147483647 > -- Specify the starting sequence number. (p.
PAGE 83
Command Line Interface Reference Guide class Next Available Option: ■ incr-num < 1 to 2147483646 > -- Specify the increment. (p. 80) ■ class resequence ipv6 IPV6 < 1 to 2147483647 > Specify the starting sequence number. Range: < 1 to 2147483647 > Next Available Option: ■ incr-num < 1 to 2147483646 > -- Specify the increment. (p. 80) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 84
clear OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: clear Description: Clear table/statistics or authorized client public keys. Parameters: o arp - Flushes all non-permanent entries in the ARP cache. o intrusion-log - Resets the Alert Flags and prepares the switch to detect and log the next security intrusion.
PAGE 85
Command Line Interface Reference Guide clear COMMAND DETAILS arp (p. 83) client-public-key (p. 83) crypto (p. 83) if-ip (p. 83) intrusion-flags (p. 83) ip (p. 83) ipv6 (p. 84) keyfile (p. 84) keylist (p. 84) link-keepalive (p. 84) logging (p. 84) neighbors (p. 84) ospf-statistics (p. 84) statistics (p. 85) arp ■ clear arp Flush all non-permanent entries in the ARP cache. client-public-key ■ clear crypto client-public-key Remove client public keys from active configuration.
PAGE 86
Command Line Interface Reference Guide clear ipv6 ■ clear ipv6 Clear all IPv6 information. Next Available Option: ■ neighbors -- Delete all the neighbour discovery cache entries, except static entries.(p. 84) keyfile ■ clear crypto client-public-key < manager | operator > Remove client public keys from active configuration. Supported Values: ■ manager -- Select manager public keys. ■ operator -- Select operator public keys.
PAGE 87
Command Line Interface Reference Guide clear If [] specified clears statistics for a given interface if the interface is OSPF enabled. Next Available Option: ■ if-ip -- specify ip-address whose statistics is to be cleared. (IP-ADDR) (p. 83) statistics ■ clear statistics [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Reset all counters for the specified ports. ■ clear link-keepalive statistics Reset link-keepalive counters for all UDLD enabled ports. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 88
clock OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands ip (page 290) sntp (page 634) time (page 686) Usage: [no] clock [...] Description: Display/set current time, date, and local time parameters. Called without any parameters displays the information mentioned above. Use 'clock ?' to see a list of all possible configuration options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ clock set -- Set current time and/or date (p. 87) ■ date -- Current date to set. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p.
PAGE 89
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ clock +9:30 +9:00 +8:00 +7:00 +6:30 +6:00 +5:30 +5:00 +4:30 +4:00 +3:30 +3:00 +2:00 +1:00 +0:00 -1:00 -2:00 -3:00 -3:30 -4:00 -5:00 -6:00 -7:00 -8:00 -8:30 -9:00 -9:30 -10:00 -11:00 -12:00 set ■ clock set Usage: clock set <[MM/DD[/[YY]YY]] [HH:MM[:SS]]> Description: Set current time and/or date. o MM/DD[/[YY]YY] - New date o HH:MM[:SS] - New time Next Available Options: ■ date -- Current date to set.
PAGE 90
Command Line Interface Reference Guide clock time ■ clock set [TIME] Current time to set. timezone ■ clock timezone Usage: clock timezone [gmt <-12:00 - +14:00>] | [us ] Description: Set the number of hours your location is to the West(-) or East(+) of GMT.
PAGE 91
configure OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands end (page 173) exit (page 176) enable (page 172) Usage: configure [terminal] Description: Enter the Configuration context. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ configure terminal -- Optional keyword of the configure command. Can be omitted. (p. 89) EXAMPLES Example: enable ProCurve# configure ProCurve(config)# COMMAND DETAILS terminal (p. 89) terminal ■ configure terminal Optional keyword of the configure command.
PAGE 92
connection-rate-filter OVERVIEW Category: Troubleshooting Primary context: config Related Commands filter (page 185) ip (page 290) vlan (page 706) show (page 511) Usage: connection-rate-filter unblock < host SRC-IP-ADDR | SRC-IP-ADDRESS/MASK > [no] connection-rate-filter sensitivity Description: Re-enables access to a host or set of hosts that has been previously blocked by the connection rate filter.
PAGE 93
Command Line Interface Reference Guide connection-rate-filter sensitivity ■ connection-rate-filter sensitivity Sets the level of filtering required Next Available Option: ■ sensitive < low | medium | high | ... > -- (p. 90) src-ip ■ connection-rate-filter unblock IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH Match packets from the specified subnet.
PAGE 94
console OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) repeat (page 470) Usage: console ... Description: Set various console parameters. Use 'console ?' to get a list of all configurable parameters. The non-configurable parameters and their default values are: Data bits = 8; Parity = None; Stop bits = 1. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ console baud-rate < speed-sense | 1200 | 2400 | ...
PAGE 95
Command Line Interface Reference Guide console ProCurve(config)# write memory ProCurve(config)# reload COMMAND DETAILS baud-rate (p. 93) events (p. 93) flow-control (p. 93) inactivity-timer (p. 94) local-terminal (p. 94) screen-refresh (p. 94) terminal (p. 95) baud-rate ■ console baud-rate < speed-sense | 1200 | 2400 | ...
PAGE 96
Command Line Interface Reference Guide console ■ XON/XOFF ■ None inactivity-timer ■ console inactivity-timer < 0 | 1 | 5 | ... > Usage: console inactivity-timer <0|1|5|10|15|20|30|60|120> Description: Set the number of minutes of no activity detected on the Console port before the switch terminates a communication session. '0' means disable inactivity timer. Default is 0.
PAGE 97
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ console 3 5 10 20 30 45 60 terminal ■ console terminal < VT100 | NONE | ANSI > Usage: console terminal Description: Set type of terminal being used for all console and telnet sessions (default is vt100). Saved in configuration and requires reboot to take effect. Terminal type options are: vt100 = use VT100 terminal escape sequences. ansi = use ANSI terminal escape sequences. none = use a raw mode with no terminal escape sequences.
PAGE 98
copy OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: copy [options] Description: Copy datafiles to/from the switch. - specify source of data. It can be 'tftp', 'xmodem', 'command', 'flash', 'usb' or any of the following switch data files: o config o running-config o startup-config o crash-log [a|b|c|d|e|f|g|h|master] o crash-data o event-log o command-output Note: When using 'command-output', place the desired CLI command in double-quotes. i.e.
PAGE 99
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style. (p. 120) ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style. (p. 131) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style. (p. 120) ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style. (p.
PAGE 100
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ xmodem -- Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. (p. 135) ■ copy crash-log -- Copy the switch log file. (p. 107) ■ card -- Enter single slot identifier. (SLOT-ID-RANGE) (p. 105) ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server. (p. 124) ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 101
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ cv_out_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy from primary/secondary flash. (p. 108) ■ xmodem -- Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. (p. 135) ■ cv_out_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy from primary/secondary flash. (p. 108) ■ copy running-config -- Copy running configuration file. (p. 123) ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server. (p.
PAGE 102
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access. (p. 102) ■ autorun-key-file -- Copy autorun key file to the switch. (p. 105) ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access. (p. 102) ■ manager -- Replace the key(s) for manager access; follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). (p. 117) ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.
PAGE 103
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ operator -- Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). (p. 119) ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access. (p. 102) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access. (p.
PAGE 104
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ flash -- Copy data to the switch system image file. (p. 116) ■ image-name -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 117) ■ cv_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy to primary/secondary flash. (p. 107) ■ pub-key-file -- Copy the public keys to the switch. (p. 122) ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access. (p.
PAGE 105
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy tftp pub-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME append Add the key(s) for operator access. ■ copy tftp pub-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME operator append Add the key(s) for access. ■ copy tftp pub-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME manager append Add the key(s) for access. ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file IP-ADDR FILENAME append Add the key(s) for operator access. ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file IP-ADDR FILENAME operator append Add the key(s) for access.
PAGE 106
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy tftp autorun-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME append Add the key(s) for operator access. ■ copy tftp autorun-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME operator append Add the key(s) for access. ■ copy tftp autorun-key-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME manager append Add the key(s) for access. ■ copy usb pub-key-file FILENAME append Add the key(s) for operator access. ■ copy usb pub-key-file FILENAME operator append Add the key(s) for access.
PAGE 107
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy autorun-cert-file ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file Copy autorun trusted certificate to the switch. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ copy usb autorun-cert-file Copy autorun trusted certificate to the switch. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 108
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ xmodem -- Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination.(p. 135) ■ usb -- Copy data to a USB flash drive.(p. 133) command-file ■ copy tftp command-file Copy command script to switch and execute. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ copy xmodem command-file Copy command script to switch and execute.
PAGE 109
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Copy data to specified configuration file. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy config < config1 | config2 | config3 > Copy named configuration file. Supported Values: ■ config1 ■ config2 ■ config3 Next Available Options: ■ config -- Copy data to specified configuration file. (ASCII-STR) (p. 106) ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p.
PAGE 110
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Copy to primary/secondary flash. Supported Values: ■ primary -- Copy to primary flash. ■ secondary -- Copy to secondary flash. ■ copy tftp flash IPV6-ADDR FILENAME < primary | secondary > Copy to primary/secondary flash. Supported Values: ■ primary -- Copy to primary flash. ■ secondary -- Copy to secondary flash. ■ copy xmodem flash < primary | secondary > Copy to primary/secondary flash. Supported Values: ■ primary -- Copy to primary flash.
PAGE 111
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Supported Values: ■ primary -- Copy image primary flash. ■ secondary -- Copy image secondary flash. ■ copy flash usb FILENAME < primary | secondary > Copy from primary/secondary flash. Supported Values: ■ primary -- Copy image primary flash. ■ secondary -- Copy image secondary flash. event-log ■ copy event-log Copy event log file. Next Available Options: ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p.
PAGE 112
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Option: ■ cv_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy to primary/secondary flash.(p. 107) ■ copy tftp pub-key-file IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access.(p. 102) ■ operator -- Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s).(p.
PAGE 113
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access.(p. 102) ■ operator -- Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s).(p.
PAGE 114
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy tftp show-tech IPV6-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy usb startup-config FILENAME Specify filename for the USB transfer.
PAGE 115
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Options: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for operator access.(p. 102) ■ operator -- Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s).(p. 119) ■ manager -- Replace the key(s) for manager access; follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s).(p. 117) ■ copy command-output COMMAND-OUTPUT tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer.
PAGE 116
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy crash-data SLOT-ID-RANGE usb FILENAME Specify filename for the USB transfer. ■ copy crash-data mm tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. ■ copy crash-data mm tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. ■ copy crash-data mm usb FILENAME Specify filename for the USB transfer. ■ copy crash-data tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer.
PAGE 117
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. ■ copy crash-log tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. ■ copy crash-log usb FILENAME Specify filename for the USB transfer. ■ copy flash tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Option: ■ cv_out_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy from primary/secondary flash.(p. 108) ■ copy flash tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer.
PAGE 118
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy startup-config tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. Next Available Options: ■ unix -- Change CR/LF to unix style.(p. 131) ■ pc -- Change CR/LF to PC style.(p. 120) ■ copy startup-config usb FILENAME Specify filename for the USB transfer.
PAGE 119
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Option: ■ cv_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy to primary/secondary flash.(p. 107) ■ copy usb flash Copy data to the switch system image file. Next Available Option: ■ image-name -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 117) ■ copy flash Copy the switch system image file. Next Available Options: ■ flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy to primary/secondary flash.(p. 116) ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p.
PAGE 120
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file IP-ADDR FILENAME manager Replace the key(s) for manager access; follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). Next Available Option: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.(p. 102) ■ copy tftp autorun-cert-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME manager Replace the key(s) for manager access; follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). Next Available Option: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.(p.
PAGE 121
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Option: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.(p. 102) mm ■ copy crash-data mm Copy from the management card. Next Available Options: ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p. 124) ■ xmodem -- Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination.(p. 135) ■ usb -- Copy data to a USB flash drive.(p. 133) ■ copy crash-log mm Copy from the management card. Next Available Options: ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p.
PAGE 122
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). Next Available Option: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.(p. 102) ■ copy tftp autorun-key-file IP-ADDR FILENAME operator Replace the key(s) for operator access (default); follow with the 'append' option to add the key(s). Next Available Option: ■ append -- Add the key(s) for access.(p.
PAGE 123
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy tftp command-file IPV6-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy tftp startup-config IP-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy tftp startup-config IPV6-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy tftp config CONFIG IP-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy tftp config CONFIG IPV6-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy tftp show-tech IP-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style.
PAGE 124
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy config < config1 | config2 | config3 > xmodem pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy running-config tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy running-config tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy running-config xmodem pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy startup-config tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style. ■ copy startup-config tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME pc Change CR/LF to PC style.
PAGE 125
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy running-config ■ copy running-config Copy running configuration file. Next Available Options: ■ tftp -- Copy data to a TFTP server.(p. 124) ■ xmodem -- Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination.(p. 135) ■ usb -- Copy data to a USB flash drive.(p. 133) show-tech ■ copy tftp show-tech Copy custom show-tech script to switch. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 126
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ usb -- Copy data to a USB flash drive.(p. 133) tftp ■ copy tftp Copy data from a TFTP server. Next Available Options: ■ command-file -- Copy command script to switch and execute.(p. 106) ■ flash -- Copy data to the switch system image file.(p. 116) ■ pub-key-file -- Copy the public keys to the switch.(p. 122) ■ startup-config -- Copy data to the switch configuration file.(p. 123) ■ config -- Copy data to specified configuration file. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 127
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Copy data to a TFTP server. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ copy crash-log SLOT-ID-RANGE tftp Copy data to a TFTP server. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ copy crash-log mm tftp Copy data to a TFTP server.
PAGE 128
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) ■ copy event-log tftp Copy data to a TFTP server. Next Available Options: ■ tftp-ip -- Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 126) ■ tftp-ipv6 -- Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 129) tftp-ip ■ copy tftp command-file IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 129
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy tftp autorun-key-file IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy tftp show-tech IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 130
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy crash-log SLOT-ID-RANGE tftp IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy crash-log mm tftp IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy crash-log tftp IP-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv4 address.
PAGE 131
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy tftp-ipv6 ■ copy tftp command-file IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy tftp flash IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy tftp pub-key-file IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address.
PAGE 132
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy command-output COMMAND-OUTPUT tftp IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy config < config1 | config2 | config3 > tftp IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address.
PAGE 133
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy crash-log tftp IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy flash tftp IPV6-ADDR Specify TFTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the TFTP transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 134
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy tftp config CONFIG IP-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy tftp config CONFIG IPV6-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy tftp show-tech IP-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy tftp show-tech IPV6-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy xmodem startup-config unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy xmodem command-file unix Change CR/LF to unix style.
PAGE 135
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy running-config xmodem unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy startup-config tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy startup-config tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy startup-config xmodem unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy event-log tftp IP-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style. ■ copy event-log tftp IPV6-ADDR FILENAME unix Change CR/LF to unix style.
PAGE 136
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy crash-data mm usb Copy data to a USB flash drive. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy crash-data usb Copy data to a USB flash drive. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy crash-log SLOT-ID-RANGE usb Copy data to a USB flash drive. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 137
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy Copy data to a USB flash drive. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) ■ copy event-log usb Copy data to a USB flash drive. Next Available Option: ■ filename -- Specify filename for the USB transfer. (ASCII-STR) (p. 109) xmodem ■ copy xmodem Use xmodem on the terminal as the data source. Next Available Options: ■ flash -- Copy to primary/secondary flash.(p.
PAGE 138
Command Line Interface Reference Guide copy ■ copy crash-log SLOT-ID-RANGE xmodem Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. ■ copy crash-log mm xmodem Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. ■ copy crash-log xmodem Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. ■ copy flash xmodem Use xmodem on the terminal as the data destination. Next Available Option: ■ cv_out_flash < primary | secondary > -- Copy from primary/secondary flash.(p.
PAGE 139
core-dump OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] core-dump [management-module | interface-module] Description: Enable/disable core-dump on management-module or interface-module. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] core-dump interface-module -- Enable/disable core-dump on interface-module (p. 137) ■ [no] core-dump management-module -- Enable/disable core-dump on management-module (p.
PAGE 140
crypto OVERVIEW Category: SSH Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “crypto” (page 544) autorun (page 68) Usage: crypto host-cert generate self-signed [START END CNAME OU ORG CITY STATE COUNTRY] crypto host-cert zeroize crypto key generate crypto key zeroize Description: Install or remove authentication files for ssh or https server or for autorun Parameters: o host-cert - operation on the https host cert
PAGE 141
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto ■ cname -- Common name [e.g., IP address of device]. (ASCII-STR) (p. 140) ■ org-unit -- Organizational unit [Department]. (ASCII-STR) (p. 147) ■ organization -- Organization name. (ASCII-STR) (p. 147) ■ additional options available... ■ zeroize -- Delete an existing certificate. (p. 149) ■ crypto key -- Install/remove RSA key file for ssh or https server. (p. 146) ■ generate -- Generate a new key. (p. 146) ■ autorun-key -- Install RSA key file for autorun (p.
PAGE 142
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto bits ■ crypto key generate ssh rsa bits Specify bitsize for key. Next Available Option: ■ bits < 1024 | 2048 | 3072 > -- (p. 140) ■ crypto key generate ssh rsa bits < 1024 | 2048 | 3072 > Supported Values: ■ 1024 ■ 2048 ■ 3072 ■ crypto key generate ssh dsa bits Specify bitsize for key. Next Available Option: ■ bits < 1024 > -- (p.
PAGE 143
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto Common name [e.g., IP address of device]. Next Available Option: ■ org-unit -- Organizational unit [Department]. (ASCII-STR) (p. 147) country ■ crypto host-cert generate self-signed [DATE: START-DATE] [DATE: END-DATE] CNAME ORG-UNIT ORGANIZATION CITY STATE < AD | AE | AF | ... > Country code (2 character ISO code).
PAGE 144
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ crypto CG -- Congo CH -- Switzerland CI -- Cote D'Ivoire (Ivory Coast) CK -- Cook Islands CL -- Chile CM -- Cameroon CN -- China CO -- Colombia CR -- Costa Rica CS -- Czechoslovakia (former) CU -- Cuba CV -- Cape Verde CX -- Christmas Island CY -- Cyprus CZ -- Czech Republic DE -- Germany DJ -- Djibouti DK -- Denmark DM -- Dominica DO -- Dominican Republic DZ -- A
PAGE 145
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ crypto GW -- Guinea-Bissau GY -- Guyanav HK -- Hong Kong HM -- Heard and McDonald Islands HN -- Honduras HR -- Croatia (Hrvatska) HT -- Haiti HU -- Hungary ID -- Indonesia IE -- Ireland IL -- Israel IM -- Isle of Man IN -- India IO -- British Indian Ocean Territory IQ -- Iraq IR -- Iran IS -- Iceland IT -- Italy JE -- Jersey JM -- Jamaica JO -- Jordan JP -- Japan
PAGE 146
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ crypto MM -- Myanmar MN -- Mongolia MO -- Macau MP -- Northern Mariana Islands MQ -- Martinique MR -- Mauritania MS -- Montserrat MT -- Malta MU -- Mauritius MV -- Maldives MW -- Malawi MX -- Mexico MY -- Malaysia MZ -- Mozambique NA -- Namibia NC -- New Caledonia NE -- Niger NF -- Norfolk Island NG -- Nigeria NI -- Nicaragua NL -- Netherlands NO -- Norway NP -- N
PAGE 147
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ crypto SE -- Sweden SG -- Singapore SH -- St.
PAGE 148
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto ■ ZM -- Zambia ■ ZR -- Zaire ■ ZW -- Zimbabwe dsa ■ crypto key generate ssh dsa Install DSA host key. Next Available Option: ■ bits -- Specify bitsize for key.(p. 140) end-date ■ crypto host-cert generate self-signed [DATE: START-DATE] [DATE: END-DATE] Validity end date for certificate. Next Available Option: ■ cname -- Common name [e.g., IP address of device]. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 149
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto Install/remove RSA key file for ssh or https server. Next Available Options: ■ generate -- Generate a new key.(p. 146) ■ zeroize -- Delete existing key.(p. 149) key-size ■ crypto key generate cert rsa < 512 | 768 | 1024 > Supported Values: ■ 512 -- Install 512-bit RSA key. ■ 768 -- Install 768-bit RSA key. ■ 1024 -- Install 1024-bit RSA key. ■ crypto key generate cert < 512 | 768 | 1024 > Supported Values: ■ 512 -- Install 512-bit RSA key.
PAGE 150
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto Next Available Option: ■ bits -- Specify bitsize for key.(p. 140) ■ crypto key generate autorun-key rsa Install RSA host key. ■ crypto key zeroize autorun rsa Install RSA host key. self-signed ■ crypto host-cert generate self-signed Create a self-signed certificate for the https server. Next Available Option: ■ start-date -- Validity start date for certificate. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 148) ssh ■ crypto key generate ssh Install host key file for ssh server.
PAGE 151
Command Line Interface Reference Guide crypto zeroize ■ crypto host-cert zeroize Delete an existing certificate. ■ crypto key zeroize Delete existing key. Next Available Options: ■ cert -- Remove RSA key file for https certificate.(p. 140) ■ ssh -- Remove host key file for ssh server.(p. 148) ■ autorun -- Remove RSA key file for autorun(p. 139) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 152
debug OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands log (page 361) show logging (page 567) show debug (page 545) Usage: [no] debug destination [no] debug Description: Enable/disable debug logging. Parameters: o destination - Enable or disable a debug destination. (Multiple destinations can be configured) o logging - Send the debug messages to a remote device via the syslog facility. System logging must first be enabled with the 'logging' command.
PAGE 153
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ debug ■ DD -- Display DD packets sent/received. (p. 152) ■ Hello -- Display Hello packets sent/received. (p. 153) ■ LSA -- Display LSA packets sent/received. (p. 154) ■ LSR -- Display LSR packets sent/received. (p. 155) ■ LSU -- Display LSU packets sent/received. (p. 155) ■ retransmission -- Display retransmission timer messages. (p. 156) ■ spf -- Display path recalculation messages. (p. 156) ■ packet -- Display IPv4 packet messages. (p.
PAGE 154
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug agent ■ [no] debug dhcp-snooping agent Display DHCP Snooping agent messages. all ■ [no] debug all Display all debug messages. arp-protect ■ [no] debug arp-protect Display Dynamic ARP Protection messages. database ■ [no] debug ip rip database Display database changes. DD ■ [no] debug ip ospf packet DD Display DD packets sent/received. destination ■ [no] debug destination < logging | session | buffer | ... > Select destination for debug messages.
PAGE 155
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug Next Available Options: ■ events -- Display DHCPv6 client events.(p. 153) ■ packet -- Display DHCPv6 client packets.(p. 155) dynamic-ip-lockdown ■ [no] debug dynamic-ip-lockdown Display Dynamic IP Lockdown messages. event ■ [no] debug dhcp-snooping event Display DHCP Snooping event messages. ■ [no] debug event Display event log messages. ■ [no] debug ip ospf event Display OSPF events. ■ [no] debug ip rip event Display RIP events.
PAGE 156
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug Display Hello packets sent/received. ip ■ [no] debug ip Display debug messages for IPv4. Next Available Options: ■ forwarding -- Display IPv4 forwarding messages.(p. 153) ■ packet -- Display IPv4 packet messages.(p. 155) ■ fib -- Display IP Forwarding Information Base debug messages.(p. 153) ■ ospf -- Display all OSPF routing messages.(p. 155) ■ rip -- Display all RIP routing messages.(p. 156) ipv6 ■ [no] debug ipv6 Display debug messages for IPv6.
PAGE 157
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug Display new LSAs added to database. LSR ■ [no] debug ip ospf packet LSR Display LSR packets sent/received. LSU ■ [no] debug ip ospf packet LSU Display LSU packets sent/received. nd ■ [no] debug ipv6 nd Display debug messages for IPv6 neighbor discovery. ospf ■ [no] debug ip ospf Display all OSPF routing messages. Next Available Options: ■ adj -- Display adjacency changes.(p. 151) ■ event -- Display OSPF events.(p.
PAGE 158
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug ■ [no] debug ipv6 dhcpv6-client packet Display DHCPv6 client packets. ■ [no] debug ipv6 packet Display IPv6 packet messages. retransmission ■ [no] debug ip ospf retransmission Display retransmission timer messages. rip ■ [no] debug ip rip Display all RIP routing messages. Next Available Options: ■ database -- Display database changes.(p. 152) ■ event -- Display RIP events.(p. 153) ■ trigger -- Display trigger messages.(p.
PAGE 159
Command Line Interface Reference Guide debug wireless-services ■ [no] debug wireless-services SLOT-ID-RANGE Display debug messages on wireless-services module. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 160
dhcp OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] dhcp config-file-update Description: Argument(s) to Control DHCP Client COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] dhcp config-file-update -- Argument to dhcp-client to specify whether to process option 66 & 67 (p. 158) COMMAND DETAILS config-file-update (p. 158) config-file-update ■ [no] dhcp config-file-update Argument to dhcp-client to specify whether to process option 66 & 67 © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 161
dhcp-relay OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] dhcp-relay [no] dhcp-relay [hop-count-increment] dhcp-relay [option 82 append[validate]|replace[validate] |drop[validate]|keep [mac|ip]] [no] dhcp-relay [option 82 [validate]] Description: Enable/disable DHCP relay agent on the device. hop-count-increment --- optional argument to 'dhcp-relay' command used to enable/disable increment of hop-count. By default it is enabled.
PAGE 162
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay ■ ip -- Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the VLAN on which the client request was received. (p. 162) ■ mac -- Sets the remote id to be the MAC address of the switch. This is the default value. (p. 163) ■ mgmt-vlan -- Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN. (p. 163) ■ validate -- Specifies the validation for server response. (p.
PAGE 163
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay 82 ■ [no] dhcp-relay option 82 Optional argument to dhcp-agent used to specify the operational status for option 82. Next Available Options: ■ append -- Specifies that the option 82 field should be appended to client DHCP packet.(p. 161) ■ replace -- Specifies that any existing option 82 fields will be replaced with switch option 82 field for client DHCP packet.(p.
PAGE 164
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay ■ mgmt-vlan -- Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN.(p. 163) ■ dhcp-relay option 82 validate drop Specifies that the DHCP packet will be dropped unconditionally, if option 82 field(s) already exists in the client DHCP packet. Next Available Options: ■ mac -- Sets the remote id to be the MAC address of the switch. This is the default value.(p.
PAGE 165
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay keep ■ dhcp-relay option 82 keep Specifies that no option 82 field will be added or replaced, if option 82 field(s) already exists in the client DHCP packet. Next Available Options: ■ mac -- Sets the remote id to be the MAC address of the switch. This is the default value.(p. 163) ■ ip -- Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the VLAN on which the client request was received.(p.
PAGE 166
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay ■ dhcp-relay option 82 keep mgmt-vlan Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN. ■ dhcp-relay option 82 drop mgmt-vlan Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN. ■ dhcp-relay option 82 validate append mgmt-vlan Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN. ■ dhcp-relay option 82 validate replace mgmt-vlan Sets the remote id to be the IP address of the Management VLAN.
PAGE 167
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-relay validate ■ dhcp-relay option 82 append validate Specifies the validation for server response. ■ dhcp-relay option 82 replace validate Specifies the validation for server response. ■ dhcp-relay option 82 drop validate Specifies the validation for server response. ■ [no] dhcp-relay option 82 validate Specifies the validation for server response.
PAGE 168
dhcp-snooping OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] dhcp-snooping Description: Enable/Disable the global administrative status of DHCP snooping. No snooping will be performed on any VLAN if the global administrative status is disabled. The default state is disabled. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] dhcp-snooping authorized-server -- Configure valid DHCP Servers (p. 167) ■ NONAME2 -- DHCP Server address. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 169
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-snooping ■ remote-id < mac | subnet-ip | mgmt-ip > -- Set relay information option remote-id value to use. (NUMBER) (p. 169) authorized-server ■ [no] dhcp-snooping authorized-server Usage: [no] dhcp-snooping authorized-server Description: Configure valid DHCP Servers. For DHCP Snooping to allow a server to client packet to be forwarded, it must be received on a trusted port from a valid server.
PAGE 170
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-snooping delay ■ dhcp-snooping database delay < 15 to 86400 > Seconds to delay writing to the lease database file. Range: < 15 to 86400 > file ■ dhcp-snooping database file FILE URL Format: "tftp:///". mac ■ [no] dhcp-snooping verify mac Verify DHCP header client hardware address. NONAME2 ■ [no] dhcp-snooping authorized-server IP-ADDR DHCP Server address.
PAGE 171
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-snooping Next Available Option: ■ 82 -- (p. 166) port-list ■ [no] dhcp-snooping trust [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST remote-id ■ dhcp-snooping option 82 remote-id < mac | subnet-ip | mgmt-ip > Set relay information option remote-id value to use. Supported Values: ■ mac -- switch MAC address. ■ subnet-ip -- subnet VLAN IP address. ■ mgmt-ip -- management VLAN IP address.
PAGE 172
Command Line Interface Reference Guide dhcp-snooping Usage: [no] dhcp-snooping verify Description: Enable/Disable DHCP packet validation. Parameters: o - Verify DHCP header client hardware address field and the source mac address match for packets received on untrusted ports. If 'no' is specified this check is omitted. The default is to verify the macs. Next Available Option: ■ mac -- Verify DHCP header client hardware address.(p.
PAGE 173
dir OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: dir [] Description: Display a list of the files and subdirectories in a directory on a USB device. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ dir pathname -- Display a list of the files and subdirectories in a directory on a USB device (ASCII-STR) (p. 171) COMMAND DETAILS pathname (p. 171) pathname ■ dir PATHNAME Usage: dir [] Description: Display a list of the files and subdirectories in a directory on a USB device.
PAGE 174
enable OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: operator Related Commands exit (page 176) end (page 173) Usage: enable Description: Enter the Manager Exec context. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: enable Enter the Manager user name and password to access the Manager Exec context of the CLI: ProCurve> enable Username: admin1 Password: ######## ProCurve# © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 175
end OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands exit (page 176) enable (page 172) Usage: end Description: Return to the Manager Exec context. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 176
erase OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands the section called “config” (page 540) the section called “port-access” (page 577) Usage: erase | config FILENAME | core-dump FILENAME> Description: Erase stored files. Parameters: o startup-config - erase the configuration file loaded at the most recent boot. This will cause an immediate reboot with a factory-default configuration.
PAGE 177
Command Line Interface Reference Guide core-dump (p. 175) erase startup-config (p. 175) config ■ erase config < config | config1 > Usage: erase config FILENAME Description: Erase the named configuration file. Supported Values: ■ config ■ config1 core-dump ■ erase core-dump CORE-DUMP Usage: erase core-dump FILENAME Description: Erase the named core file. flash ■ erase flash < primary | secondary > Usage: erase flash Description: Erase the primary or secondary flash image.
PAGE 178
exit OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: operator Related Commands end (page 173) enable (page 172) Usage: exit Description: Return to the previous context or terminate current console/telnet session if you are in the Operator context level. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: exit Exit from the interface configuration context to the global configuration context: ProCurve(eth-A4)# exit ProCurve(config)# © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 179
fastboot OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] fastboot Description: Enable/disable fastboot on switch. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 180
fault-finder OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands interface (page 204) the section called “fault-finder” (page 551) Usage: [no] fault-finder [sensitivity ] Description: Enable/disable fault finder and set sensitivity. Default is 'sensitivity medium'. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] fault-finder fault-finder < all | bad-driver | bad-transceiver | ...
PAGE 181
Command Line Interface Reference Guide fault-finder Supported Values: ■ low -- Low sensitivity. ■ medium -- Medium sensitivity. ■ high -- High sensitivity. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 182
feature-coordinator OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] feature-coordinator name <'name'> block policy interface |vlan message <'msg-text'> [expires expiration-policy]. 'policy' can be 'ip-address','vlan_deletion' for vlans and 'port-security' for interfaces' A list of vlan(s) of the form 3-5,10 can be specified for vid-list A list of port(s) of the form A12,A15-A25 can be specified for port-list.
PAGE 183
Command Line Interface Reference Guide feature-coordinator ■ message -- Friendly error message to be displayed when overriding a restriction (ASCII-STR) (p. 182) ■ expires -- Expiration policy for the features Press for options (p. 181) ■ app-down -- Expire on application failure Mention a valid application name (ASCII-STR) (p. 181) ■ reboot -- Expire on reboot (p. 183) ■ slot-down -- Expire on slot-down.Mention slot. (SLOT-ID) (p. 184) COMMAND DETAILS app-down (p. 181) block (p. 181) expires (p.
PAGE 184
Command Line Interface Reference Guide feature-coordinator ■ app-down -- Expire on application failure Mention a valid application name (ASCII-STR) (p. 181) ■ reboot -- Expire on reboot (p. 183) ■ feature-coordinator name NAME block vlan-deletion vlan [VLAN]VLAN-ID-LIST message MESSAGE expires Expiration policy for the features Press for options Next Available Options: ■ slot-down -- Expire on slot-down.Mention slot. (SLOT-ID) (p.
PAGE 185
Command Line Interface Reference Guide feature-coordinator Next Available Option: ■ expires -- Expiration policy for the features Press for options (p. 181) ■ feature-coordinator name NAME block vlan-deletion vlan [VLAN]VLAN-ID-LIST message MESSAGE Friendly error message to be displayed when overriding a restriction Next Available Option: ■ expires -- Expiration policy for the features Press for options (p.
PAGE 186
Command Line Interface Reference Guide feature-coordinator Expire on reboot slot-down ■ feature-coordinator name NAME block ip-address vlan [VLAN]VLAN-ID-LIST message MESSAGE expires slot-down SLOT-ID Expire on slot-down.Mention slot. ■ feature-coordinator name NAME block vlan-deletion vlan [VLAN]VLAN-ID-LIST message MESSAGE expires slot-down SLOT-ID Expire on slot-down.Mention slot.
PAGE 187
filter OVERVIEW Category: Troubleshooting Primary context: config Related Commands connection-rate-filter (page 90) ip (page 290) show (page 511) show (page 511) Usage: [no] filter ... Description: Set or edit traffic/security filters. The command allows you to set conditional filters and correspondent actions to apply to the incoming traffic satisfying to the specified conditions. Use 'filter ?' to get a list of all available filter types.
PAGE 188
Command Line Interface Reference Guide filter COMMAND DETAILS ascii (p. 186) connection-rate (p. 186) connection-rate-portlist (p. 186) drop (p. 186) filter-action (p. 187) forward (p. 187) multicast (p. 187) named-filter (p. 188) port-list (p. 188) protocol (p. 188) source-port (p. 189) ascii ■ [no] filter source-port named-filter ASCII Set the filter name. Next Available Options: ■ forward -- Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is permitted. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 189
Command Line Interface Reference Guide filter Next Available Option: ■ forward -- Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is permitted. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 187) ■ filter multicast MAC-ADDR drop [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is not permitted. ■ filter protocol < ip | ipx | arp | ... > drop [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is not permitted.
PAGE 190
Command Line Interface Reference Guide filter packets satisfying to the filter condition can be set. The packets satisfying to the filter condition are all packets destined to the MAC-ADDR specified. Use 'filter source-port [ethernet] PORT-NUM ?' to get a list of all possible actions that could be applied to the packets. Next Available Options: ■ forward -- Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is permitted. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 191
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ filter ip ipx arp appletalk sna netbeui Next Available Options: ■ forward -- Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is permitted. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 187) ■ drop -- Set a list of ports to which forwarding of filtered packets is not permitted. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 186) source-port ■ [no] filter source-port Usage: [no] filter source-port [...] Description: Specify source-port filter to manage.
PAGE 192
front-panel-security OVERVIEW Category: Switch Security Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] front_panel_security Description: Enable/disable the ability to clear the password(s) and/or configuration via the front panel buttons. If 'password-clear' is disabled, the password(s) cannot be reset using the clear button on the front panel of the device.
PAGE 193
Command Line Interface Reference Guide front-panel-security password-clear ■ [no] front-panel-security password-clear Enable/Disable password clear Next Available Option: ■ reset-on-clear -- Reset switch on password clear (p. 191) password-recovery ■ [no] front-panel-security password-recovery Usage: [no] front-panel-security password-recovery Description: Enable/Disable password recovery.
PAGE 194
getMIB OVERVIEW Category: manager Primary context: manager Related Commands walkMIB (page 754) setMIB (page 504) Usage: getmib OBJECT-STR [OBJECT-STR ...] Description: Retrieve and display the value of the MIB objects specified. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ getMIB object -- Name and instance of the MIB variable to retrieve. (ASCII-STR) (p. 192) COMMAND DETAILS object (p. 192) object ■ getMIB OBJECT Name and instance of the MIB variable to retrieve. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 195
gvrp OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands interface (page 204) show (page 511) Usage: [no] gvrp Description: Enable/disable GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP). COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 196
hostname OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands snmp-server (page 612) Usage: hostname ASCII-STR Description: Specify the device name for administrative purposes. The ASCII-STR defines the device name. It can be up to 30 characters. Use quotes if your device name contains spaces.
PAGE 197
igmp OVERVIEW Category: IGMP Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “igmp” (page 556) Usage: igmp ... Description: Configure various global IGMP parameters for the switch. The 'igmp' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'igmp ?' to get a list of all possible options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ igmp delayed-flush < 0 to 255 > -- Configures the number of seconds an empty IGMP Multicast Group filter will persist in hardware after the last group member leaves (p.
PAGE 198
igmp-proxy-domain OVERVIEW Category: IGMP Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) vlan (page 706) Usage: [no] igmp-proxy-domain DOMAIN-NAME [BORDER-ROUTER-IP-ADDR ] Description: Configure an IGMP proxy domain. If the 'no' keyword is used: The DOMAIN-NAME must be specified, All other parameters are optional (they will be verified if they are specified). The specified domain will be deleted if no VLAN associations exist for it.
PAGE 199
Command Line Interface Reference Guide igmp-proxy-domain border-ip ■ [no] igmp-proxy-domain DOMAIN-NAME IP-ADDR Specify the igmp proxy border ip address. Next Available Options: ■ mcast-low-ip -- Specify the igmp proxy multicast low bound (inclusive) ip address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 197) ■ all -- Specify ALL if the multicast range 224.0.1.0-239.255.255.255 is desired. (p. 196) domain-name ■ [no] igmp-proxy-domain DOMAIN-NAME Specify the igmp proxy domain name to be added/deleted/updated.
PAGE 200
include-credentials OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] include-credentials Description: Enable/disable including passwords and credentials in config. NOTES Benefits After making changes to security parameters in the running configuration, you can experiment with the new configuration and, if necessary, view the new security settings during the session.
PAGE 201
instrumentation OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] instrumentation monitor [ [ []] ] [no] instrumentation monitor [trap] [no] instrumentation monitor [log] Description: Enables/Disables instrumentation monitoring.
PAGE 202
Command Line Interface Reference Guide instrumentation o high - Preconfigured high threshold value. o limitValue - User configured threshold value. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] instrumentation collection -- (p. 200) ■ instrumentation memory -- Sets the maximum size in MB which may be used by instrumentation (p. 200) ■ sizeInMB < 1 to 255 > -- Sets the maximum size in MB which may be used by instrumentation (NUMBER) (p. 203) ■ [no] instrumentation monitor -- Enables/Disables instrumentation monitoring (p.
PAGE 203
Command Line Interface Reference Guide instrumentation monitor ■ [no] instrumentation monitor Usage: [no] instrumentation monitor [ [ []] ] [no] instrumentation monitor [trap] [no] instrumentation monitor [log] Description: Enables/Disables instrumentation monitoring.
PAGE 204
Command Line Interface Reference Guide instrumentation ■ [no] instrumentation monitor < all | arp-requests | ip-address-count | ... > Usage: [no] instrumentation monitor [ [ []] ] [no] instrumentation monitor [trap] [no] instrumentation monitor [log] Description: Enables/Disables instrumentation monitoring.
PAGE 205
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ instrumentation mac-address-count -- Mac address count. mac-moves -- MAC Moves. pkts-to-closed-ports -- Packets to closed TCP/UDP ports. port-auth-failures -- Port authentication failures. system-resource-usage -- System resource usage. system-delay -- System Delay. Next Available Options: ■ threshold-value < low | med | high > -- Set the threshold Value. (p. 203) ■ limitValue < 1 to 2147483647 > -- Set the threshold Value. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 206
interface OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show interfaces (page 560) Usage: [no] interface < [ethernet] PORT-LIST [...] | loopback > Description: Enter the Interface Configuration Level, or execute one command for that level.
PAGE 207
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ interface ■ queue4 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue four outgoing traffic. (p. 270) ■ queue5 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue five outgoing traffic. (p. 270) ■ additional options available... broadcast-limit < 0 to 99 > -- Set a broadcast traffic percentage limit (p. 228) dhcp-snooping -- Configure the port as trusted or untrusted (p.
PAGE 208
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ provider-network -- Configure qinq port-type as provider-network (p. 267) ■ qos -- Set port-based priority (p. 268) ■ dscp -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 231) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 227) ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 239) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ...
PAGE 209
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ access-group -- Apply the specified access control list on this VLAN interface (ASCII-STR) (p. 214) ■ direction < in | out | connection-rate-filter | ... > -- (p. 231) ■ address -- Set IP parameters for communication within an IP network (p. 216) ■ dhcp-bootp -- Configure the interface to use DHCP/Bootp server to acquire parameters. (p. 230) ■ ip-addr -- Interface IP address/mask. (IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH) (p.
PAGE 210
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ interface ■ all -- Resets all previously blocked by the connection rate filter (p. 219) ■ host -- Match packets from the specified IP address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 237) ■ src-ip -- Match packets from the specified subnet. (IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH) (p. 277) dhcp-snooping -- (p. 230) forbid -- Prevent ports from becoming a member of the current VLAN ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 234) igmp-proxy -- Associate an IGMP proxy domain with a VLAN (p.
PAGE 211
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ no-default -- Indicates that the router should never be used as a default by its neighbors. (p. 255) ■ number < -2147483647 to 2147483647 > -- The router preferability number. Higher values are more preferable. (p. 256) ■ local-proxy-arp -- Enable/disable local proxy ARP (p. 248) ■ mroute -- Configure IP Multicast Routing parameters on the VLAN interface (p.
PAGE 212
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ chain-name -- Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. (ASCII-STR) (p. 228) ■ passive -- Configures an ospf interface as passive. (p. 258) ■ priority < 0 to 255 > -- Set priority of this router as a designated router. (p. 265) ■ retransmit-interval < 1 to 3600 > -- Set retransmit interval in seconds; the default is 5. (p. 273) ■ transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > -- Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. (p.
PAGE 213
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ rip -- Enable/disable/configure Routing Internet Protocol (RIP) on the VLAN interface (p. 274) ■ all -- Process the request for all IP addresses. (p. 219) ■ authentication-key -- Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). (p. 223) ■ auth-key-text -- Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). (OCTET-STR) (p. 225) ■ authentication-type < none | text > -- Set authentication type used on this interface. (p.
PAGE 214
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ interface ■ rapid-commit -- Obtain IPv6 address quickly from DHCPv6 server. (p. 271) ■ ipv6-addr -- Configure a link-local IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 245) ■ link-local -- Configure a link-local IPv6 address. (p. 248) ■ ipv6-addr/mask -- Configure IPv6 address represented in CIDR notation. (IPV6-ADDR/PREFIX-LEN) (p. 245) ■ anycast -- Address that is assigned to a set of interfaces that typically belong to different nodes (p.
PAGE 215
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ interface ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 227) ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 239) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802 (p. 285) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 265) service-policy -- Apply the QoS/Mirror policy on the vlan (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 216
Command Line Interface Reference Guide authentication (p. 223) authentication-key (p. 223) authentication-type (p. 224) auth-key-text (p. 225) auto (p. 225) autoconfig (p. 225) backbone (p. 226) backup (p. 226) bandwidth-min (p. 226) bcast (p. 227) binary-range (p. 227) blocked (p. 227) bootp-gateway (p. 228) broadcast-limit (p. 228) chain-name (p. 228) connection-rate-filter (p. 228) cost (p. 229) customer-network (p. 229) dead-interval (p. 229) dhcp (p. 230) dhcp-bootp (p. 230) dhcp-snooping (p.
PAGE 217
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] ip access-group in Description: Apply the specified access control list to inbound packets on this INTERFACE list. The access control list ACL-ID must be defined before it can be applied. Connection rate filter ACLs cannot be applied on this INTERFACE list. Next Available Option: ■ direction < in > -- (p.
PAGE 218
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] ip access-group in out vlan connection-rate-filter Match packets this device will route to another VLAN Match packets this device will route onto this VLAN Match packets that originate within this VLAN Manage new conection rates originating in this VLAN Description: Apply the specified access control list on this VLAN interface.
PAGE 219
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface DHCP/Bootp server. o IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH - Assign an IP address to the switch or VLAN. The IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH may be specified in two ways using the following syntax: ip address 192.32.36.87/24 ip address 192.32.36.87 255.255.255.0 Both of the statements above would have the same effect. Multiple addresses may be configured on a single VLAN. Next Available Options: ■ ip-addr -- Interface IP address/mask. (IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH) (p.
PAGE 220
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface configuration. The VLAN for which the configuration is applied can be specified implicitly by preceding the phrase 'ip address' with the 'vlan VLAN-ID' keyword and argument. It can also be called explicitly when called directly from a VLAN context. In the latter case the command affects the VLAN identified by the context. Parameters: o dhcp-bootp - The switch attempts to get its configuration from a DHCP/Bootp server.
PAGE 221
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ ipv6-addr/mask -- Configure IPv6 address represented in CIDR notation. (IPV6-ADDR/PREFIX-LEN) (p. 245) advert-address ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip irdp < multicast | broadcast > Usage: [no] ip irdp Description: Specify the destination address to be used for router advertisements. It has to be either multicast or broadcast.
PAGE 222
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Process the request for all IP addresses. Next Available Options: ■ area -- Specify an OSPF area.(p. 221) ■ cost < 1 to 65535 > -- Set metric of this interface.(p. 229) ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all Process the request for all IP addresses. Next Available Options: ■ passive -- Configures an ospf interface as passive. (p. 258) ■ area -- Specify an OSPF area.(p. 221) ■ authentication-key -- Set simple authentication method and key.(p.
PAGE 223
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ interface svlan VLAN-ID connection-rate-filter unblock all Resets all previously blocked by the connection rate filter ■ interface svlan VLAN-ID monitor all < In | Out | Both > Monitor all traffic. Supported Values: ■ In -- Monitor all inbound traffic ■ Out -- Monitor all outbound traffic ■ Both -- Monitor all inbound and outbound traffic Next Available Option: ■ mirror -- Mirror destination.(p.
PAGE 224
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Specify an OSPF area. Next Available Options: ■ area-id -- Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. (OSPF-AREA-ID) (p. 222) ■ backbone -- The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0).(p. 226) ■ interface loopback < 0 to 7 > ip ospf all area Specify an OSPF area. Next Available Options: ■ area-id -- Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. (OSPF-AREA-ID) (p. 222) ■ backbone -- The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0).(p.
PAGE 225
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all area OSPF-AREA-ID Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. arp-protect ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST arp-protect Usage: [no] arp-protect trust Description: Configure the port as trusted or untrusted.
PAGE 226
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters). ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all authentication-key Set simple authentication method and key. Next Available Option: ■ authentication-key -- OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters). (OCTET-STR) (p. 223) ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all authentication-key OCTET-STR OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters).
PAGE 227
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ none -- Do not use authentication. ■ text -- Use simple password. auth-key-text ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip IP-ADDR authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip all authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters).
PAGE 228
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Automatic address configuration. ■ [no] interface svlan VLAN-ID ipv6 address autoconfig Automatic address configuration. backbone ■ interface loopback < 0 to 7 > ip ospf IP-ADDR area backbone The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0). ■ interface loopback < 0 to 7 > ip ospf all area backbone The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0). ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf area backbone The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0).
PAGE 229
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface priority. If no guaranteed minimum bandwidth is configured (i.e., the settings for all queues are 0), the traffic is serviced strictly by priority. In practice, this may cause complete starvation of some or all lower-priority queues during any periods where the output port traffic is over-subscribed. This is an Interface context command. It can be called directly from the interface context, or following the 'interface [ethernet] PORT-LIST' command.
PAGE 230
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface bootp-gateway ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip bootp-gateway Usage: [no] ip bootp-gateway [IP-ADDR] Description: Add or remove the gateway address to be used for stamping incoming DHCP requests. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Option: ■ ip-addr -- IPv4 address of the BOOTP gateway. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 231
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface may have improved performance after rebooting the switch Next Available Option: ■ unblock -- Resets a host previously blocked by the connection rate filter (p.
PAGE 232
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Set dead interval in seconds; the default is 40. Range: < 1 to 65535 > ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR dead-interval < 1 to 65535 > Set dead interval in seconds; the default is 40. Range: < 1 to 65535 > ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all dead-interval < 1 to 65535 > Set dead interval in seconds; the default is 40. Range: < 1 to 65535 > dhcp ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ipv6 address dhcp Configure a DHCPv6 client.
PAGE 233
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface direction ■ [no] interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST ip access-group ACCESS-GROUP < in > Supported Values: ■ in -- Match inbound packets ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip access-group ACCESS-GROUP < in | out | connection-rate-filter | ...
PAGE 234
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Next Available Options: ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 239) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 227) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802(p. 285) ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID qos dscp Specify DSCP policy to use.
PAGE 235
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface An IPv6 EUI-64 address that can be automatically configured on any interface ■ [no] interface svlan VLAN-ID ipv6 address IPV6-ADDR/PREFIX-LEN eui-64 An IPv6 EUI-64 address that can be automatically configured on any interface failback ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > failback Usage: vrrp vrid failback Description: Trigger VR to failback to its configured priority value.
PAGE 236
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface flow control is disabled. Flow Control is enabled on both transmit and receive or auto negotiated if port Mode is set to Auto. This is an Interface context command. It can be called directly from the interface context or follow the 'interface [ethernet] PORT-LIST' command. forbid ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID forbid [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] forbid [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Prevent ports from becoming a member of the current VLAN.
PAGE 237
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: vlan < vid > ipv6 mld forward < port-list > Description: Instruct the device to forward incoming multicast packets received on the specified ports. This feature is configured on a per-VLAN basis. forward-protocol ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip forward-protocol Usage: [no] ip forward-protocol udp IP-ADDR PORT-NUM|PORT-NAME Description: Add or remove a UDP server address for the VLAN.
PAGE 238
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface The timers must follow the constraints 2 * join-timer <= leave-timer < leaveall-timer Next Available Options: ■ join-timer < 20 to 75 > -- Set join timer value (centiseconds; default 20).(p. 246) ■ leave-timer < 40 to 300 > -- Set leave timer value (centiseconds; default 300).(p. 248) ■ leaveall-timer < 500 to 3000 > -- Set leaveall timer value (centiseconds; default 1000).(p.
PAGE 239
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Range: < 5 to 300 > helper-address ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip helper-address IP-ADDR Usage: [no] ip helper-address IP-ADDR Description: Add or remove a DHCP server IP address for the VLAN. The DHCP requests received by the switch on this VLAN are to be relayed to the specified DHCP server. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command.
PAGE 240
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface igmp ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip igmp Usage: [no] ip igmp [...] Description: Enable/disable/configure IP Multicast Group Protocol (IGMP) feature on a VLAN. This command enables, disables or configures the IGMP feature for IGMP communication between Multicast Routers, Multicast Servers, and Multicast Clients connected to the device. This is a VLAN context command.
PAGE 241
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Set limits for all inbound traffic. Next Available Options: ■ percent < 0 to 100 > -- Specify limit as percent of inbound or outbound traffic.(p. 258) ■ kbps < 0 to 10000000 > -- Specify limit of allowed inbound or outbound traffic in kilobits-per-second on the specified port(s). Actual limits are in steps of 100Kbps to 100Mbps (granularity is 1% of the lowest related media speed). (p.
PAGE 242
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] vrrp vrid track interface Description: Enable/disable tracking of logical ports for VR. Next Available Option: ■ lport-list -- Enable/disable tracking of specified logical ports for VR ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 243
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip Usage: [no] ip ... Description: Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN. The 'ip' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'ip ?' to get a list of all possible options. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Options: ■ access-group -- Apply the specified access control list on this VLAN interface (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 244
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Specify the IP address the request is for. Next Available Options: ■ area -- Specify an OSPF area.(p. 221) ■ cost < 1 to 65535 > -- Set metric of this interface.(p. 229) ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip address IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH Interface IP address/mask. ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip bootp-gateway IP-ADDR IPv4 address of the BOOTP gateway. ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip forward-protocol udp IP-ADDR IP address of the protocol server.
PAGE 245
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-dense ip-addr Usage: ip pim-dense [ip-addr IP-ADDR|any] Description: Set the source IP address for the PIM-DM packets sent out on this interface. You can either explicitly specify one of the existing VLAN's IP addresses or use 'any' option to dynamically determine it from the VLAN's current IP configuration. The default is 'any'. This command also enable the PIM-DM protocol on the VLAN interface.
PAGE 246
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface To associate L3-Mac-Address with a VLAN with default timeout interval of 60s. ip-recv-mac-address To disassociate L3-Mac_address with a VLAN. no ip-recv-mac-address Parameters: - The L3-mac-address to be associated with a VLAN. interval - Specify L3-Mac-Address timeout interval. <1-255> - Timeout interval in seconds <1-255>. Next Available Option: ■ mac-address -- The L3-mac-address to be associated with a VLAN. (MAC-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 247
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] ipv6 ... Description: Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN. The 'ipv6' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'ipv6 ?' to get a list of all possible options. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Options: ■ enable -- Enable IPv6 on an interface and configures an automatically generated link-local addr.(p.
PAGE 248
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface irdp ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip irdp Usage: [no] ip irdp [...] Description: Configure ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP). This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or may follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command prefix. Called without parameters the command enables or disables (if preceded by 'no') the protocol on the VLAN specified, or identified by the current VLAN context.
PAGE 249
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Specify kilobits-per-second limit of allowed ICMP traffic (values should be at least 13Kbps, or max-length ICMP packets will fail.) Range: < 0 to 10000000 > ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST rate-limit all in kbps < 0 to 10000000 > Specify limit of allowed inbound or outbound traffic in kilobits-per-second on the specified port(s). Actual limits are in steps of 100Kbps to 100Mbps (granularity is 1% of the lowest related media speed).
PAGE 250
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface leaveall-timer ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST gvrp leaveall-timer < 500 to 3000 > Set leaveall timer value (centiseconds; default 1000). Range: < 500 to 3000 > leave-timer ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST gvrp leave-timer < 40 to 300 > Set leave timer value (centiseconds; default 300).
PAGE 251
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Next Available Option: ■ ip -- Configure various IP parameters for the Loopback(p. 240) lowest ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > primary-ip-address lowest Dynamically determine lowest IP address. lport-list ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > track interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] vrrp vrid track interface Description: Enable/disable tracking of specified logical ports for VR.
PAGE 252
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface md5-auth-key-chain ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf md5-auth-key-chain Set MD5 authentication method and key chain. Next Available Option: ■ chain-name -- Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. (ASCII-STR) (p. 228) ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR md5-auth-key-chain Set MD5 authentication method and key chain. Next Available Option: ■ chain-name -- Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 253
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Description: Set the minimum time (in seconds) allowed between sending unsolicited router advertisements. Must be no greater than the maximum time between sending unsolicited router advertisements. Range: < 3 to 1800 > mirror ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST monitor all < In | Out | Both > mirror Mirror destination. Next Available Options: ■ monitor_mirror_session_id < 1 to 4 > -- Mirror destination number.(p.
PAGE 254
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface If not preceded by 'no', the command accepts a variety of configuration parameters. To get a list of all available parameters use 'ipv6 mld ?'. To get detailed help for a parameter follow it with 'help' keyword. Next Available Options: ■ querier -- This command disables or re-enables the ability for the switch to become querier if necessary(p.
PAGE 255
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface some frames may not be copied to the mirroring port. This is an Interface context command. It can be called directly from the interface context or follow the 'interface [ethernet] PORT-LIST' command. Parameters: o 1-4 - Mirror destination number o NAME-STR - Friendly name associated with the mirror destination number. o ACL-NAME - Standard or Extended Access Control List number. o direction of the traffic to be monitored.
PAGE 256
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface destination number. o ACL-NAME - Standard or Extended Access Control List number. o direction of the traffic to be monitored. Next Available Option: ■ all < In | Out | Both > -- Monitor all traffic.(p. 219) monitor_mirror_session_id ■ [no] interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST monitor all < In | Out | Both > mirror < 1 to 4 > Mirror destination number.
PAGE 257
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Next Available Option: ■ port-name -- Specify a port name up to 64 characters length. (ASCII-STR) (p. 263) ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID name NAME Usage: name ASCII-STR Description: Set the VLAN's name. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. ■ interface svlan VLAN-ID name NAME Usage: name ASCII-STR Description: Set the VLAN's name. This is a VLAN context command.
PAGE 258
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Indicates that the router should never be used as a default by its neighbors.
PAGE 259
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] ip ospf [...] Description: configure Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol parameters on the interface. Called without 'no', the command configures OSPF parameter on interface. Otherwise ('no' is specified), the command remove specified ospf parameter on the interface. Use 'ip ospf ?' to get a list of all possible options. Next Available Options: ■ ip-addr -- Specify the IP address the request is for. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 260
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface output ■ [no] interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST bandwidth-min output Enable/disable and configure guaranteed minimum bandwidth for outgoing traffic. Next Available Option: ■ queue1 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue one outgoing traffic.(p.
PAGE 261
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Range: < 0 to 100 > ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST rate-limit all in percent < 0 to 100 > Specify limit as percent of inbound or outbound traffic. Range: < 0 to 100 > ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST rate-limit all out percent < 0 to 100 > Specify limit as percent of inbound or outbound traffic.
PAGE 262
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface PIM-SM on the interface. Use 'ip pim-sparse ?' to get the list of all configuration options. This command can be used in the VLAN context or in the global context with the 'vlan ' prefix. Next Available Options: ■ ip-addr -- Set the source IP address for the PIM-SM packets sent out on this interface(p. 241) ■ lan-prune-delay -- Turn on/off the LAN Prune Delay Option on this interface(p.
PAGE 263
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ interface 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 poe-allocate-by ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST poe-allocate-by Usage: poe-allocate-by [usage|class|value] Description: Control manual power over ethernet allocation. By default, power-over-ethernet allocation is automatic by usage of the powered device. This can be overriden by manually specifying how much power this port should be allocated by either its class or a user-defined value.
PAGE 264
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface poison-reverse ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip IP-ADDR poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip all poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. port-list ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] interface [ethernet] PORT-LIST [...
PAGE 265
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ bandwidth-min -- Enable/disable and configure guaranteed minimum bandwidth settings for outgoing traffic on the port(s)(p. 226) ■ rate-limit -- Enable/disable and configure rate-limiting for all traffic (or for incoming ICMP traffic) on the port(s)(p. 271) ■ link-keepalive -- Configure UDLD on port(s)(p. 248) ■ arp-protect -- Configure the port as trusted or untrusted(p. 223) ■ qinq -- Configure a port's type as customer-network or provider-network(p.
PAGE 266
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface the event of power over-subscription. Per-port power is enabled by default. The default priority is low. Note: Lower numbered ports have precedence over higher numbered ports of the same priority. Next Available Option: ■ priority < critical | high | low > -- Enable/Disable per-port power distribution(p.
PAGE 267
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface '0.0.0.0') the virtual router uses numerically lowest IP address of the VLAN. The default value is 'lowest'. Next Available Options: ■ ip-addr -- Specify IP address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 241) ■ lowest -- Dynamically determine lowest IP address.(p. 249) priority ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST power-over-ethernet < critical | high | low > Usage: [no] power-over-ethernet [critical|high|low] Description: Enable/Disable per-port power distribution.
PAGE 268
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > priority < 1 to 255 > Usage: vrrp vrid priority <1-255> Description: Configure priority for the virtual router instance. The default value is '100'. Range: < 1 to 255 > ■ interface svlan VLAN-ID qos priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use.
PAGE 269
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ protocol-group -- Enter a list of protocols for the current VLAN delimited by commas. (ASCII-STR) (p. 267) ■ interface svlan VLAN-ID protocol Set a predefined protocol for the current VLAN. Next Available Options: ■ protocols < IPX | IPv4 | IPv6 | ... > -- Set a predefined protocol for the current VLAN. (p. 267) ■ protocol-group -- Enter a list of protocols for the current VLAN delimited by commas. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 270
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface proxy-arp ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip proxy-arp Usage: [no] ip proxy-arp Description: Enable/disable proxy ARP. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or may follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command prefix. When proxy ARP is enabled on a VLAN, the device responds to ARP requests received on the VLAN ports when the device knows a route to the requested IP addresses.
PAGE 271
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Options: ■ dscp -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 231) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 265) ■ [no] interface svlan VLAN-ID qos Usage: [no] qos [dscp <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...
PAGE 272
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface queue1 ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST bandwidth-min output < 0 to 100 > Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue one outgoing traffic. Range: < 0 to 100 > Next Available Option: ■ queue2 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue two outgoing traffic.(p. 270) queue2 ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST bandwidth-min output < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue two outgoing traffic.
PAGE 273
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Range: < 0 to 100 > Next Available Option: ■ queue6 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue six outgoing traffic.(p. 271) queue6 ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST bandwidth-min output < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > < 0 to 100 > Specify min. bandwidth percentage for queue six outgoing traffic. Range: < 0 to 100 > Next Available Option: ■ queue7 < 0 to 100 > -- Specify min.
PAGE 274
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface rate-limit ip access-group in kbps <0-10000000> no rate-limit | ip > rate-limit bcast in percent <0-100> no rate-limit bcast in rate-limit mcast in percent <0-100> no rate-limit mcast in Description: Enable/disable and configure rate-limiting for all traffic (or for incoming ICMP traffic) on the port(s). By default, rate-limiting is disabled on all ports.
PAGE 275
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface reachable-time ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ipv6 nd reachable-time Usage: [no] ipv6 nd reachable-time Description: Configures the length of time neighbors are considered reachable after being confirmed as reachable via the neighbor unreachability detection algorithm. This value appears in router advertisements sent on this interface and is also used to manage the neighbor table entries on this node.
PAGE 276
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all retransmit-interval < 1 to 3600 > Set retransmit interval in seconds; the default is 5. Range: < 1 to 3600 > rip ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip Usage: [no] ip rip [...] Description: Enable/disable/configure Routing Internet Protocol (RIP) on the VLAN interface. Called without 'no', the command enables RIP on the interface. Otherwise ('no' is specified), the command disables RIP on the interface.
PAGE 277
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Supported Values: ■ V1-only -- Use RIP version 1 only. ■ V2-only -- Use RIP version 2 only. ■ V1-or-V2 -- Use RIP 2 in the RIP 1 compatible mode. send ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip rip send < disabled | V1-only | V1-compatible-V2 | ... > Define RIP version for outgoing packets. Supported Values: ■ disabled -- Do not send RIP updates. ■ V1-only -- Send RIP version 1 updates only. ■ V1-compatible-V2 -- Send RIP 2 updates using RFC 1058 route subsumption.
PAGE 278
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface o - Policy name. o in - Apply the policy in inbound direction. Next Available Option: ■ in -- Apply policy on inbound packets. (p. 238) source-lockdown ■ [no] interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST ip source-lockdown Usage: [no] ip source-lockdown [ethernet] Description: Enable/disable IP source lockdown in global configuration mode. Using the port-list option it can be configured on per-port basis.
PAGE 279
Command Line Interface Reference Guide - interface network speed (100 or 1000 Mbps)and the port wiring operation (MDI-X or MDI) between the switch and another IEEE 802.3ab-compliant device running the 'Auto Negotiation' protocol. 100-full 100 Mbps, full duplex. auto-100 Same as 'auto'. Limited to 100Mbps network speed. auto-1000 Same as 'auto'. Limited to 1000Mbps network speed. auto-10-100 Same as 'auto'. Limited to 10Mbps or 100 Mbps network speed.
PAGE 280
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Next Available Options: ■ dhcp-snooping -- (p. 230) ■ ip -- Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN(p. 240) ■ ipv6 -- Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN(p. 244) ■ auto -- Cause each port identified in the port list to learn its VLAN membership using the GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 281
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Next Available Options: ■ interface -- Enable/disable tracking of logical ports for VR(p. 239) ■ vlan -- Enable/disable tracking of VLANs for VR(p. 282) transit-delay ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. Range: < 1 to 3600 > ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1.
PAGE 282
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface type ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST type < Trunk | | | ...
PAGE 283
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] ip forward-protocol udp IP-ADDR PORT-NUM|PORT-NAME Description: Add or remove a UDP server address for the VLAN. The broadcast packets received by the switch on this VLAN are to be forwarded to the specified application server. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Option: ■ ip-addr -- IP address of the protocol server. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 284
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface untagged ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID untagged [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] untagged [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Assign ports to current VLAN as untagged. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. ■ [no] interface svlan VLAN-ID untagged [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] untagged [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Assign ports to current VLAN as untagged.
PAGE 285
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ ipv6 -- Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN(p. 244) ■ connection-rate-filter -- Re-enables access to a host or set of hosts that has been previously blocked by the connection rate filter(p. 228) ■ monitor -- Define either the VLAN is to be monitored or not(p. 252) ■ name -- Set the VLAN's name (ASCII-STR) (p. 254) ■ protocol -- Set a predefined protocol for the current VLAN. (p. 266) ■ qos -- Set VLAN-based priority(p.
PAGE 286
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface Usage: [no] voice Description: Labels this VLAN as a Voice VLAN, allowing you to separate, prioritize, and authenticate voice traffic moving through your network. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. vrid ■ [no] interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > Usage: [no] vrrp vrid [...] Description: Configure a virtual router instance for the VLAN.
PAGE 287
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface well-defined ■ interface [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST qos dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| [priority <<0-7>|no-override>] [name ] Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority.
PAGE 288
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface ■ af12 ■ af13 ■ af21 ■ af22 ■ af23 ■ af31 ■ af32 ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID qos dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...
PAGE 289
Command Line Interface Reference Guide 010010 010100 010110 011010 011100 011110 100010 100100 100110 101110 000000 001000 010000 011000 100000 101000 110000 111000 interface 0 0 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Assured Forwarding AF21 Assured Forwarding AF22 Assured Forwarding AF23 Assured Forwarding AF31 Assured Forwarding AF32 Assured Forwarding AF33 Assured Forwarding AF41 Assured Forwarding AF42 Assured Forwarding AF43 Expedited Forwarding EF Classs Selector CS0 Classs Selector CS1 Classs Selector C
PAGE 290
Command Line Interface Reference Guide interface 'no qos dscp-map ' will remove the settings for the specified codepoint from the running configuration. The priority is set to no-override and the name is deleted (the priority and name can only be removed if no QoS feature is configured to use this DSCP Policy). 'no qos dscp-map name' will remove the name associated with this policy, but not the policy priority. Certain codepoints may have a default associated 802.
PAGE 291
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ interface cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 with-monitoring ■ interface vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > failover with-monitoring Usage: vrrp vrid failover with-monitoring Description: Trigger VR to failover and continue montior of master VR. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 292
ip OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands ipv6 (page 313) show ip (page 561) Usage: [no] ip ... Description: Configure various IP parameters for the switch. The 'ip' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'ip ?' to get a list of all possible options. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] ip access-list -- Enter the named-acl context for the specified access control list (p. 293) ■ connection-rate-filter -- Configure a connection-rate-filter Access Control List. (p.
PAGE 293
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ip ■ server-address -- Configure DNS server IP address. (p. 308) ■ priority < 1 to 2 > -- Priority of Server Address. (NUMBER) (p. 305) ■ ip6addr -- DNS server IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 302) ■ ipaddr -- DNS server IP address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 302) [no] ip icmp -- Configure ICMP Rate Limiting capacity (p. 300) ■ addrmask -- Enable/disable address mask replies (p.
PAGE 294
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip ■ [no] ip source-binding -- Add/remove a static IP-to-MAC binding in the DHCP snooping database (p. 308) ■ trap -- Set traps for dynamic ip lockdown (p. 311) ■ OutOfResources -- Set out-of-resources trap. (p. 305) ■ vlan -- (VLAN-ID) (p. 312) ■ ip -- (IP-ADDR) (p. 302) ■ mac -- (MAC-ADDR) (p. 304) ■ interface -- ([ethernet] PORT-NUM) (p. 301) ■ [no] ip source-lockdown -- Enable/disable IP source lockdown in global configuration mode (p.
PAGE 295
Command Line Interface Reference Guide broadcast-request (p. 296) burst-normal (p. 296) cipher (p. 296) connection-rate-filter (p. 297) default (p. 297) default-gateway (p. 297) dhcp (p. 297) dhcp-bootp (p. 297) directed-broadcast (p. 298) distance (p. 298) dns (p. 298) domain-name (p. 298) echo (p. 299) extended (p. 299) fastleave (p. 299) filetransfer (p. 299) forcedfastleave (p. 299) forward (p. 300) ip ip-addr (p. 302) IP-PORT (p. 303) IPV4-ADDR (p. 303) IPV4-MASK (p. 303) irdp (p. 303) keystring (p.
PAGE 296
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip access-method ■ [no] ip authorized-managers IP-ADDR access-method < all | ssh | telnet | ... > Define an access method desired. Supported Values: ■ all ■ ssh ■ telnet ■ web ■ snmp ■ tftp address ■ [no] ip address Usage: [no] ip address [dhcp-bootp|IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH] Description: Set IP parameters for communication within an IP network. Parameters: o dhcp-bootp - The switch attempts to get its configuration from a DHCP/Bootp server.
PAGE 297
Command Line Interface Reference Guide o ip infinite - sets the timeout to 0. A value of 0 indicates an infinite timeout to the switch. (Internally the ARP age timeout is set to 99,999,999 seconds (approximately 3.2 years) Next Available Options: ■ timeout < 1 to 1440 > -- Modify Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table entry timeout, specified in minutes (NUMBER) (p. 311) ■ infinite -- Causes the ARP timeout to be set to 0, indicating an infinite timeout period. (p. 301) Example 1.
PAGE 298
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip auto ■ ip igmp auto [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: ip igmp auto [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Instruct the device to monitor incoming multicast traffic on the specified ports (this is the default behavior). This feature is configured on a per-VLAN basis. blackhole ■ [no] ip route IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH blackhole Specify that packets are silently discarded with no ICMP message sent.
PAGE 299
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ip 3des-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc rijndael-cbc@lysator.liu.se aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr connection-rate-filter ■ [no] ip access-list connection-rate-filter Configure a connection-rate-filter Access Control List. Next Available Option: ■ name -- Specify name of Access Control List to configure. (ASCII-STR) (p. 304) default ■ ip ssh port default Specify that the daemon should listen on the default TCP port (22).
PAGE 300
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip directed-broadcast ■ [no] ip directed-broadcast Usage: [no] ip directed-broadcast Description: Enable/disable directed broadcast forwarding. distance ■ ip route IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH IP-ADDR distance < 1 to 255 > Set the administrative distance to associate with this static route. Range: < 1 to 255 > ■ ip route IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH vlan VLAN-ID distance < 1 to 255 > Set the administrative distance to associate with this static route.
PAGE 301
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Next Available Option: ■ domain-name -- Default domain suffix. (ASCII-STR) (p. 298) ■ ip dns domain-name DOMAIN-NAME Default domain suffix. echo ■ [no] ip icmp echo Usage: [no] ip icmp echo ... Description: Enable/disable echo replies to broadcast echo requests. Next Available Option: ■ broadcast-request < Min | Max > -- Enable/disable echo replies to broadcast echo requests(p.
PAGE 302
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Usage: [no] ip igmp forcedfastleave [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: When enabled, this feature forces IGMP Fast Leaves to occur even when the port is cascaded. See 'ip igmp fastleave' for more information. The default behavior is for IGMP Forced FastLeaves to be disabled. This feature is configured for ports on a per-VLAN basis.
PAGE 303
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip available parameters use 'ip igmp ?'. To get a detailed help for a parameter, follow it with 'help' keyword. Next Available Options: ■ querier -- Specify querier/non-querier capability for the VLAN(p. 306) ■ high-priority-forward -- Enable/disable the high priority forwarding of traffic for subscribed IP Multicast groups(p.
PAGE 304
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Specify how often (in minutes) the switch tries to get the current time. Range: < 1 to 9999 > ip ■ ip source-binding VLAN-ID IP-ADDR Next Available Option: ■ mac -- (MAC-ADDR) (p. 304) ip6addr ■ [no] ip dns server-address priority < 1 to 2 > IPV6-ADDR DNS server IPv6 address. ipaddr ■ ip default-gateway IP-ADDR IPv4 address of the default gateway. ■ [no] ip dns server-address priority < 1 to 2 > IP-ADDR DNS server IP address.
PAGE 305
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip IP-PORT ■ ip ssh port TCP/UDP-PORT Specify the TCP port number on which the daemon should listen. IPV4-ADDR ■ ip authorized-managers IP-ADDR Authorized manager IPv4 address. Next Available Options: ■ IPV4-MASK -- IP mask defining a group of adjacent manager IP addresses. (IP-ADDR) (p. 303) ■ access < Manager | Operator > -- Define an access level desired.(p. 293) ■ access-method < all | ssh | telnet | ... > -- Define an access method desired.(p.
PAGE 306
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Usage: ip load-sharing <2-4> no ip load-sharing Description: Specify the maximum number of equal cost IP load sharing paths. no ip load-sharing disables IP load sharing. Range: < 2 to 4 > mac ■ [no] ip ssh mac < hmac-md5 | hmac-sha1 | hmac-sha1-96 | ... > Specify a mac to enable/disable.
PAGE 307
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Next Available Option: ■ start-seq-num < 1 to 2147483647 > -- Specify the starting sequence number. (p. 310) ■ [no] ip access-list connection-rate-filter NAME Specify name of Access Control List to configure. number ■ [no] ip access-list extended < 100 to 199 > Specify Access Control List to configure by number. Range: < 100 to 199 > ■ [no] ip access-list standard < 1 to 99 > Specify Access Control List to configure by number.
PAGE 308
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip public-key ■ ip ssh public-key < manager | operator > Configure a client public-key. Supported Values: ■ manager -- Select manager public keys. ■ operator -- Select operator public keys. Next Available Option: ■ keystring -- ASCII formatted public-key. (ASCII-STR) (p. 303) querier ■ [no] ip igmp querier Usage: [no] ip igmp querier [interval ] Description: Specify querier/non-querier capability for the VLAN.
PAGE 309
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Usage: ip icmp reply-limit Description: Enable/disable ICMP reply rate limiting. resequence ■ ip access-list resequence Renumber the entries in an Access Control List. Next Available Option: ■ name -- Specify name of Access Control List to configure. (ASCII-STR) (p. 304) route ■ [no] ip route Usage: [no] ip route IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH |reject|blackhole> [distance <1-255>] Description: Add or delete static routing table entries.
PAGE 310
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Description: Define the device router id. The no form of the command clears the router-id. Next Available Option: ■ ipaddr -- Define the device router id (IP-ADDR) (p. 302) routing ■ [no] ip routing Usage: [no] ip routing Description: Enable/disable IP routing support on the device. server ■ ip timep manual IP-ADDR Timep server IPv4 address.
PAGE 311
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip o -- VLAN ID number to bind with the specified IP and MAC address on the specified port in the DHCP snooping binding database. o -- MAC address to bind with the specified IP address and VLAN on the specified port. o -- IP address to bind with the specified MAC address and VLAN on the specified port. o [ethernet] -- Port number on which the IP-to-MAC and VLAN binding is configured in.
PAGE 312
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip function unless SSH is also enabled. o 'port <<1-65535>|default>' - Set the TCP port on which the daemon should listen for SSH connections. The default is 22. o 'public-key KEYSTRING' - set a key for public-key authentication. The KEYSTRING parameter must be enclosed in quotes--either"KEYSTRING" or 'KEYSTRING'. Newlines may be escaped with a backslash. o 'ip-version <4|6|4or6>' - Select the IP mode to run in.
PAGE 313
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip timeout ■ ip arp-age < 1 to 1440 > Usage: [no] ip arp-age <[0..1440]|infinite> Description: Modify Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table entry timeout, specified in minutes. The default timeout is 20 minutes. o <0..1440> - timeout specified in minutes. o infinite - sets the timeout to 0. A value of 0 indicates an infinite timeout to the switch.
PAGE 314
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ip Usage: [no] ip source-binding trap OutOfResources Description: Set traps for dynamic ip lockdown. Next Available Option: ■ OutOfResources -- Set out-of-resources trap. (p. 305) ttl ■ ip ttl < 2 to 255 > Usage: ip ttl <2-255> Description: Specify TTL for outgoing IP packets. Range: < 2 to 255 > udp-bcast-forward ■ [no] ip udp-bcast-forward Usage: [no] ip udp-bcast-forward Description: Enable/disable UDP broadcast forwarding.
PAGE 315
ipv6 OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show ipv6 (page 562) ip (page 290) Usage: [no] ipv6 ... Description: Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN. The 'ipv6' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'ipv6 ?' to get a list of all possible options. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command.
PAGE 316
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ipv6 access ■ ipv6 authorized-managers IPV6-ADDR access < Manager | Operator > Define an access level desired. Supported Values: ■ Manager ■ Operator access-list ■ [no] ipv6 access-list Usage: [no] ipv6 access-list Description: Enter the ipv6 acl context for the specified access control list. Parameters: o Enter the ipv6 acl context for the specified access control list.
PAGE 317
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ipv6 [access-method ] Description: Define the IPV6 addresses allowed to manage the switch. Clients using the specified IPV6 addresses are allowed to access the switch with the specified access method and access level. A maximum of 100 addresses may be configured. Parameters: o IPV6-ADDR - The IPV6 address of an authorized manager.
PAGE 318
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ipv6 This command is executed at the global config level. It configures the number of neighbor solicitations to send when performing duplicate address detection for a unicast address configured on a VLAN interface. Range: 0-600 (0 = disabled) Default: 3 (enabled) Next Available Option: ■ number < 0 to 600 > -- Configures the number of neighbor solicitations to send when performing duplicate address detection(p.
PAGE 319
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ipv6 ■ ipv6 icmp error-interval < 0 to 2147483647 > bucket-size < 1 to 200 > Specify bucket size. Range: < 1 to 200 > IPV6-ADDR ■ ipv6 authorized-managers IPV6-ADDR Authorized manager IPv6 address. Next Available Options: ■ IPV6-MASK -- IP mask defining a group of adjacent manager IP addresses. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 317) ■ access < Manager | Operator > -- Define an access level desired.(p. 314) ■ access-method < all | ssh | telnet | ...
PAGE 320
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ipv6 Next Available Option: ■ start-seq-num < 1 to 2147483647 > -- Specify the starting sequence number. (p. 318) start-seq-num ■ ipv6 access-list resequence RESEQUENCE < 1 to 2147483647 > Specify the starting sequence number. Range: < 1 to 2147483647 > Next Available Option: ■ incr-num < 1 to 2147483646 > -- Specify the increment. (p. 316) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 321
jumbo OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “jumbos” (page 564) Usage: jumbo ... Description: Configure Global Jumbos parameters for the switch. NOTES Restriction on Value of max-frame-size The value of max-frame-size must be greater than or equal to 18 bytes more than the value selected for ip-mtu. For example, if ip-mtu is set to 8964, the max-frame-size is configured as 8982.
PAGE 322
key-chain OVERVIEW Category: Switch Security Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) Usage: key-chain ASCII-STR Usage: key-chain ASCII-STR key NUMBER [key-string ASCII-STR] [accept-lifetime >>] [send-lifetime >>] Usage: no key-chain ASCII-STR Usage: no key-chain ASCII-STR key KEY-ID Description: Configures authentication key chains and individual keys.
PAGE 323
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime. (p. 336) ■ date -- Key send start date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ additional options available... ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime. (p. 332) ■ now -- Use current day and time. (p. 334) ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ additional options available... ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 324
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime. (p. 336) ■ date -- Key send start date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ additional options available... ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime. (p. 332) ■ now -- Use current day and time. (p. 334) ■ additional options available... ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime. (p. 332) ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime. (p. 336) ■ date -- Key send start date.
PAGE 325
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime. (p. 332) ■ now -- Use current day and time. (p. 334) ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) COMMAND DETAILS accept-lifetime (p. 323) date (p. 323) duration (p. 329) infinite (p.
PAGE 326
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] Key send stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p.
PAGE 327
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] Key send stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p.
PAGE 328
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] Key send stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime now [DATE] Key send stop date.
PAGE 329
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Key accept stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] Key send stop date.
PAGE 330
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now [DATE] Key accept stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p.
PAGE 331
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] Key send start date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send start time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 338) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] Key send stop date. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Key send stop time. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p.
PAGE 332
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime now duration NUMBER Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER Use current day and time. Next Available Option: ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime.(p.
PAGE 333
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime now duration NUMBER Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime now duration NUMBER Use current day and time.
PAGE 334
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now duration NUMBER send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now duration NUMBER send-lifetime now duration NUMBER Use current day and time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER Use current day and time.
PAGE 335
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime infinite Set infinite lifetime. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime infinite Set infinite lifetime. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER send-lifetime infinite Set infinite lifetime.
PAGE 336
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Next Available Options: ■ accept-lifetime -- Set key accept lifetime.(p. 323) ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime.(p. 336) now ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime now Use current day and time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 337
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime now Use current day and time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime now Use current day and time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p.
PAGE 338
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now duration NUMBER send-lifetime now Use current day and time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime now Use current day and time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p.
PAGE 339
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send start date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ now -- Use current day and time.(p. 334) ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime.(p. 332) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime now duration NUMBER send-lifetime Set key send lifetime. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send start date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ now -- Use current day and time.(p.
PAGE 340
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime.(p. 332) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime Set key send lifetime. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send start date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ now -- Use current day and time.(p. 334) ■ infinite -- Set infinite lifetime.(p. 332) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now duration NUMBER send-lifetime Set key send lifetime.
PAGE 341
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Key send stop time. Next Available Option: ■ send-lifetime -- Set key send lifetime.(p. 336) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] Key send start time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 342
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] send-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time.
PAGE 343
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > key-string KEY-STRING send-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time.
PAGE 344
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] duration NUMBER send-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime now [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time.
PAGE 345
Command Line Interface Reference Guide key-chain Key send stop time. ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] Key send start time. Next Available Options: ■ date -- Key send stop date. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p. 323) ■ duration -- Use current day and time. (NUMBER) (p. 329) ■ key-chain KEY-CHAIN key < 0 to 255 > accept-lifetime infinite send-lifetime [DATE] [TIME] [DATE] [TIME] Key send stop time.
PAGE 346
kill OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands the section called “ssh” (page 593) the section called “telnet” (page 598) Usage: kill [SESSION_ID] Description: Kill other active console, telnet, or ssh sessions. If no session ID is specified, all other active sessions are terminated. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ kill session < (Range unavailble) > -- Kill other active console, telnet, or ssh sessions (p.
PAGE 347
Command Line Interface Reference Guide kill If no session ID is specified, all other active sessions are terminated. Range: < (Range unavailble) > © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 348
licenses OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands show licenses (page 565) Usage: licenses Description: Manage premium features. Parameters: o hardware-id - Display the hardware ID for installing the specified package on this chassis. o install - Install the specified package. o uninstall - Uninstall the specified package, and display the uninstall verification key.
PAGE 349
Command Line Interface Reference Guide licenses COMMAND DETAILS hardware-id (p. 347) install (p. 347) key (p. 347) Network-Services (p. 347) premium (p. 347) Premium (p. 348) uninstall (p. 348) hardware-id ■ licenses hardware-id Display hardware ID for installation request. Next Available Options: ■ Premium -- For Premium features(p. 348) ■ Network-Services -- For Network-Services features(p. 347) install ■ licenses install Install the specified package.
PAGE 350
Command Line Interface Reference Guide licenses For Premium features Next Available Option: ■ key -- Enter key for this feature. (ASCII-STR) (p. 347) Premium ■ licenses hardware-id Premium For Premium features ■ licenses uninstall Premium For Premium features uninstall ■ licenses uninstall Uninstall the specified package. Next Available Options: ■ Premium -- For Premium features(p. 348) ■ Network-Services -- For Network-Services features(p. 347) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 351
link-keepalive OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: link-keepalive interval <10-100> link-keepalive retries <3-10> Description: Configure UDLD on your switch. The first version of the command is used to configure keep-alive interval in seconds. Here 10 is 1 sec, 11 is 1.1 sec, and so on. Default keep-alive interval is 5 seconds. The second version of the command is used to configure maximum number of keep-alive attempts. Default keep-alive attempt is 4.
PAGE 352
link-test OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands ping (page 392) Usage: link-test MAC-ADDR [vlan ] [repetitions <1-999>] [timeout <1-256>] Description: Test the connection to a MAC address on the LAN. The command sends a 802.2 test packet to a specific target node on a network directly attached to a port in that LAN. The target node must be able to respond to this test packet with an 802.2 Test Response packet in order for the test to work.
PAGE 353
Command Line Interface Reference Guide link-test COMMAND DETAILS mac (p. 351) repetitions (p. 351) timeout (p. 351) vlan (p. 351) mac ■ link-test MAC-ADDR MAC address of device to which to send link test. repetitions ■ link-test repetitions < 1 to 999 > Number of test packets to send <1-999>. Range: < 1 to 999 > timeout ■ link-test timeout < 0 to 256 > Test timeout in seconds <0-256>. Range: < 0 to 256 > vlan ■ link-test vlan VLAN-ID VLAN where the device to be tested is present.
PAGE 354
lldp OVERVIEW Category: Device Discovery Primary context: config Related Commands show lldp (page 566) Usage:lldp ... Description: Configuration for LLDP parameter. Provides a standards-based method for enabling the switches to advertise themselves to adjacent devices and to learn about adjacent LLDP devices. You can also configure the Media Extension Discovery (MED) extension to LLDP for Voice over IP (VoIP) devices.
PAGE 355
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp ■ [no] lldp enable-notification -- Set the port for which notification should be enabled ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 356) ■ lldp fast-start-count < 1 to 10 > -- Set MED fast-start count in seconds (NUMBER) (p. 357) ■ lldp holdtime-multiplier < 2 to 10 > -- Set holdtime-multipler between <2-10>; the default is 4 (NUMBER) (p. 357) ■ lldp refresh-interval < 5 to 32768 > -- Set refresh interval/transmit-interval in seconds (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 356
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp Description: Configure various parameters related to lldp automatic provisioning. Next Available Option: ■ radio-ports -- Configure various parameters related to automatic provisioning for the radio-port application(p. 358) auto-vlan ■ [no] lldp auto-provision radio-ports auto-vlan Create a VLAN, with the specified VLAN id value, to be used as the radio-ports controller auto-generated VLAN.
PAGE 357
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp Specify the ca-value string. civic-addr ■ [no] lldp config [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST medPortLocation civic-addr Usage: lldp config medPortLocation civic-str Description: Specify the civic location-id information to be advertised. The total length of the TLV is 104. COUNTRY-STR : Set the Country Code of two characters.e.g. DE or US. WHAT : Set the 'what' number of range <0-2>. 0 - Location of DHCP server.
PAGE 358
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp Next Available Options: ■ basicTlvEnable < port_descr | system_name | system_descr | ... > -- Specify the Basic TLV List to be advertised. (NUMBER) (p. 354) ■ ipAddrEnable -- Set IP ADDR to be enabled.(p. 357) ■ dot1TlvEnable -- Specify the 802.1 TLV List to be advertised.(p. 356) ■ medTlvEnable < capabilities | network_policy | location_id | ... > -- Specify the MED TLV List to be advertised. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 359
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp fast-start-count ■ lldp fast-start-count < 1 to 10 > Usage: lldp fast-start-count <1-10> Description: Set MED fast-start count in seconds. Range: < 1 to 10 > holdtime-multiplier ■ lldp holdtime-multiplier < 2 to 10 > Usage: lldp holdtime-multiplier <2-10> Description: Set holdtime-multipler between <2-10>; the default is 4. Range: < 2 to 10 > ipAddrEnable ■ [no] lldp config [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST ipAddrEnable Set IP ADDR to be enabled.
PAGE 360
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp Specify the MED TLV List to be advertised. Supported Values: ■ capabilities -- Capability TLV ■ network_policy -- Network Policy TLV ■ location_id -- Location Id TLV ■ poe -- Poe TLV omodes ■ lldp admin-status [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST < TxOnly | RxOnly | Tx_Rx | ... > Set the operational mode: transmit | receive | transmit-receive | disable. Supported Values: ■ TxOnly -- Set in transmit mode. ■ RxOnly -- Set in receive mode.
PAGE 361
Command Line Interface Reference Guide lldp Usage:[no] lldp run Description: Start or Stop LLDP on device. top-change-notify ■ [no] lldp top-change-notify [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage:[no] lldp top-change-notify Description: Set the port for which LLDP MED topology notification should be enabled. vlan-base ■ lldp auto-provision radio-ports vlan-base < 2 to 4094 > Assign the default value of the VLAN id to be used if an auto-generated VLAN is created for a radio-port application.
PAGE 362
lockout-mac OVERVIEW Category: Port Security Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “lockout-mac” (page 566) Usage: lockout-mac Description: Lock out a MAC address. Parameter: o MAC-ADDR - MAC address to lock down. Examples: (1) hp-switch# lockout-mac 0800095F3AD6 COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: lockout-mac Drop all traffic to or from MAC address 0800095F3AD6: ProCurve# lockout-mac 0800095F3AD6 © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 363
log OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands logging (page 363) the section called “logging” (page 567) Usage: log [-a|-r|-m|-p|-w|-i|-d|substring ...] Description: Display log events. -a - Instructs the switch to display all recorded log events, which includes events from previous boot cycles. -r - Instructs the switch to display recorded log events in reverse order (most recent first).
PAGE 364
Command Line Interface Reference Guide log Supported Values: ■ -M -- Major event class. ■ -P -- Performance event class. ■ -W -- Warning event class. ■ -I -- Information event class. ■ -D -- Debug event class. option ■ log OPTION Specify substring to match in log entry. See 'log help' for details. -r ■ log -r Display log events in reverse order (most recent first). © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 365
logging OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands log (page 361) the section called “logging” (page 567) Usage: [no] [no] [no] [no] [no] logging logging logging logging logging [control-descr ] priority-descr facility severity system-module Description: Add an IP address to the list of receiving syslog servers.
PAGE 366
Command Line Interface Reference Guide logging COMMAND DETAILS control-descr (p. 364) facility (p. 364) ip-address (p. 365) priority-descr (p. 365) severity (p. 366) system-module (p. 366) control-descr ■ [no] logging IP-ADDR control-descr Usage: [no] logging [control-descr ] Description: A text string associated with the given IP-ADDr. 'no' replaces the string with a zero length string. The length of the string is limited to 255 characters.
PAGE 367
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ logging local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 ip-address ■ [no] logging IP-ADDR Usage: [no] [no] [no] [no] [no] logging logging logging logging logging [control-descr ] priority-descr facility severity system-module Description: Add an IP address to the list of receiving syslog servers.
PAGE 368
Command Line Interface Reference Guide logging severity ■ [no] logging severity < major | error | warning | ... > Usage: [no] logging severity Description: Event messages of the specified severity or higher will be sent to the syslog server. 'no' sends all severities. Supported Values: ■ major ■ error ■ warning ■ info ■ debug system-module ■ [no] logging system-module < all-pass | vlan | ip | ...
PAGE 369
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ logging lacp dhcpr stack dma SNTP 802.1x cdp auth tacacs radius ssh NETINET OSPF XRRP ssl IpAddrMgr MacAuth KMS PIM maclock ACL udpf inst-mon udld HPESP lldp connfilt RateLim idm IPLOCK dhcp-snoop vrrp usb licensing loop-protect sFlow arp-protect dhcpv6c mtm mld dca QinQ autorun ffi wsm dipld HPSM policy © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 370
log-numbers OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] log-numbers Description: Enable the display of log event numbers when log is displayed via the CLI or via the menu. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 371
logout OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: logout Description: Terminate this console/telnet session. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 372
loop-protect OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] loop-protect <...> [[ethernet] PORT-LIST [receiver-action ]| [transmit-interval <1-10>]| [disable-period <0-604800>]| [trap ] Description: Configure Loop protection on the switch. Parameters: o ethernet PORT-LIST - Port(s) to configure loop protection on. By default loop protection is disabled on a port o receiver-action - Sets the loop detected action per port.
PAGE 373
Command Line Interface Reference Guide loop-protect disable-timer ■ loop-protect disable-timer < 0 to 604800 > Set time in seconds to wait before attempting to reenable a port. Range: < 0 to 604800 > loop-detected ■ [no] loop-protect trap loop-detected generate trap when a loop is detected port-list ■ [no] loop-protect [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Specify the ports that are to be added to/removed from loop protection.
PAGE 374
mac-age-time OVERVIEW Category: Device Discovery Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: mac-age-time <60-999960> Description: Set the MAC address table's age-out interval. A MAC address that is dynamically learned by the switch, stays in the switch's address table for a certain amount of time the age-out interval, before being aged out. An address is aged out if the switch does not receive traffic from that MAC address for the age-out interval. The interval is measured in seconds.
PAGE 375
management-vlan OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “vlan” (page 603) Usage: [no] management-vlan VLAN-ID Description: Set the VLAN that is to be used as the management VLAN. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: management-vlan Set VLAN 100 as the management VLAN and add ports A1 and A2 to it: ProCurve(config)# management-vlan 100 ProCurve(config)# vlan 100 tagged a1 ProCurve(config)# vlan 100 tagged a2 © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 376
max-vlans OVERVIEW Category: VLANs Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: max-vlans <1-2048> Description: Set the maximum number of VLANs on the switch. The default is 256. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: max-vlans NUMBER Reconfigure the switch to allow 10 VLANs: ProCurve(config)# max-vlans 10 Command will take effect after saving configuration and reboot.
PAGE 377
menu OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: menu Description: Change console user interface to menu system. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES menu Enter the menu mode for switch configuration: ProCurve# menu HP ProCurve Switch 5400zl 1-Jan-2006 4:55:06 =======================- TELNET - MANAGER MODE -======================== Main Menu 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 0. Status and Counters... Switch Configuration... Console Passwords...
PAGE 378
mesh OVERVIEW Category: Redundant Paths Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “mesh” (page 569) Usage: [no] mesh [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Configure the specified ports as being members of a mesh group. A mesh group can have up to 24 member ports. - VLAN support must be enabled before configuring a mesh group. - A mesh group cannot exist if IP routing is enabled. Disable routing protocols (if any) before configuring a mesh group.
PAGE 379
mirror OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: 1) mirror <1-4> [ name NAME-STR ] port PORT-NUM 2) mirror <1-4> [ name NAME-STR ] remote ip SRC-IP-ADDR SRC-UDP-PORT DST-IP-ADDR 3) mirror <1-4> [ name NAME-STR ] remote ip SRC-IP-ADDR SRC-UDP-PORT DST-IP-ADDR 4) no mirror <1-4> [ name NAME-STR ] 5) mirror endpoint ip SRC-IP-ADDR SRC-UDP-PORT DST-IP-ADDR port PORT-NUM 6) no mirror endpoint ip SRC-IP-ADDR SRC-UDP-PORT DST-IP-ADDR Description: Define the mirror destinations for diagno
PAGE 380
Command Line Interface Reference Guide mirror ■ ip -- Remote mirroring destination configuration. (IP-ADDR) (p. 378) ■ mirror_session_src_udp < 1 to 65535 > -- Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation port. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 379) ■ mirror_session_dest_ip -- Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation destination ip addr. (IP-ADDR) (p. 379) ■ port -- Mirroring destination monitoring port. ([ethernet] PORT-NUM) (p. 380) ■ remote -- Remote mirroring destination configuration. (p.
PAGE 381
Command Line Interface Reference Guide mirror mirror_session_dest_ip ■ mirror < 1 to 4 > name NAME remote ip IP-ADDR < 1 to 65535 > IP-ADDR Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation destination ip addr. ■ mirror < 1 to 4 > remote ip IP-ADDR < 1 to 65535 > IP-ADDR Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation destination ip addr. ■ [no] mirror endpoint ip IP-ADDR < 1 to 65535 > IP-ADDR Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation destination ip addr. Next Available Option: ■ port -- Remote mirroring destination port.
PAGE 382
Command Line Interface Reference Guide mirror ■ mirror < 1 to 4 > remote ip IP-ADDR < 1 to 65535 > Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation port. Range: < 1 to 65535 > Next Available Option: ■ mirror_session_dest_ip -- Remote mirroring UDP encapsulation destination ip addr. (IP-ADDR) (p. 379) name ■ mirror < 1 to 4 > name NAME Mirroring destination name string. Next Available Options: ■ port -- Mirroring destination monitoring port. ([ethernet] PORT-NUM) (p.
PAGE 383
mirror-port OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands vlan (page 706) Usage: [no] mirror-port [[ethernet] PORT-NUM] Description: Define the mirror port for diagnostic purposes. The device ports or VLAN (if VLANs are enabled on the device) that will be monitored are defined through the 'monitor' command in either VLAN or interface context. The network traffic seen by the monitored ports is copied to the mirror port to which a network analyzer can be attached.
PAGE 384
Command Line Interface Reference Guide mirror-port cannot be a trunked port. The parameter must be specified, if the 'no' keyword is not used. Otherwise, it must not be present. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 385
module OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “modules” (page 570) Usage: module type Description: Configure type of the module. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ module < 1 to 12 > type < J8701A | J8702A | J8705A | ... > -- The type of the module. (p. 383) EXAMPLES Example: module SLOT-NUM type MODULE-TYPE Configure slot 4 for module type j4820a: ProCurve(config)# module 4 type j4820a COMMAND DETAILS type (p.
PAGE 386
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ module J92yyA J94wwa JXXXXA JXXXXB JXXXXA © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 387
monitor OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show monitor (page 570) Usage: [no] monitor mac MAC-ADDR mirror <1-4 | NAME-STR> Description: Set up traffic monitoring for a given MAC address. Network traffic with this MAC address as the source or destination is copied to the mirror port. Parameters: o MAC-ADDR - MAC address to be monitored o - Type of traffic to monitor: src - Monitor traffic with MAC-ADDR as the source.
PAGE 388
Command Line Interface Reference Guide monitor number or (if configured) a name. Depending on how many sessions are configured on the switch, you can use the same command to configure a MAC address as mirroring criteria in up to four sessions. To identify a session, you can enter either its name or number; for example: mirror 1 2 3 traffsrc4 Next Available Options: ■ mirror_session_id < 1 to 4 > -- Mirror destination number.(p. 386) ■ mirror_session_name -- Mirror destination name.(p.
PAGE 389
page OVERVIEW Category: CLI Setup Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: [no] page Description: Toggle paging mode. The printing is paused when a full page of text has been displayed, or continues until end of output. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 390
password OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands front-panel-security (page 190) show (page 511) Usage: [no] password [user-name ASCII-STR] [ ASCII-STR] Description: Set or clear local password/username for a given access level. Invoked without 'no', the command sets or changes existent password(s). If no password provided in the command, the user will be prompted to enter the new password twice.
PAGE 391
Command Line Interface Reference Guide password Usage: [no] password [user-name ASCII-STR] [ ASCII-STR] Description: Set or clear local password/username for a given access level. Invoked without 'no', the command sets or changes existent password(s). If no password provided in the command, the user will be prompted to enter the new password twice. The command removes specific local password protection, if preceded by 'no'.
PAGE 392
Command Line Interface Reference Guide password Set password ■ password < operator | manager > plaintext PASSWORD Set password ■ password < operator | manager > sha0 PASSWORD Set password ■ password < operator | manager > sha1 PASSWORD Set password plaintext ■ password < operator | manager > user-name USER-NAME plaintext Enter plaintext password. Next Available Option: ■ password -- Set password (ASCII-STR) (p. 389) ■ password < operator | manager > plaintext Enter plaintext password.
PAGE 393
Command Line Interface Reference Guide password ■ password < operator | manager > sha1 Enter SHA-1 hash of password. Next Available Option: ■ password -- Set password (ASCII-STR) (p. 389) user-name ■ password < operator | manager > user-name USER-NAME Set username for the specified user category. Next Available Options: ■ plaintext -- Enter plaintext password.(p. 390) ■ sha0 -- Enter SHA-0 hash of password.(p. 390) ■ sha1 -- Enter SHA-1 hash of password.(p.
PAGE 394
ping OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands traceroute (page 690) link-test (page 350) ping6 (page 395) Usage: ping [repetitions <1-10000>] [timeout <1-60>] [data-size <0-65471>] [data-fill <0-1024>] [source ] Description: Send IPv4 ping request(s) to a device on the network. Parameters: o IP-ADDR - IPv4 address of device to ping. o hostname - Hostname of device to which to send IPv4 ping.
PAGE 395
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ping EXAMPLES Example: ping IP-ADDR Send an IP Ping request to the device that has IP address 10.10.10.1: ProCurve# ping 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.1 is alive, time = 50 ms COMMAND DETAILS data-fill (p. 393) data-size (p. 393) host-name (p. 393) ip-addr (p. 393) repetitions (p. 393) source (p. 393) switch-num (p. 394) timeout (p. 394) vlan (p. 394) data-fill ■ ping data-fill OCTET-STR Ping data fill string (size <0-1024>).
PAGE 396
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ping switch-num ■ ping NUMBER The stack number of the switch to ping. timeout ■ ping timeout < 1 to 60 > Ping timeout in seconds <1-60>. Range: < 1 to 60 > vlan ■ ping source VLAN-ID Source VLAN. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 397
ping6 OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands ping (page 392) traceroute6 (page 695) Usage: ping6 [repetitions <1-10000>] [timeout <1-60>] [data-size <0-65471>] [data-fill <0-1024>] [source ] Description: Send IPv6 ping request(s) to a device on the network. Parameters: o IPV6-ADDR - IPv6 address of device to ping. o hostname - Hostname of device to which to send IPv6 ping.
PAGE 398
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ping6 ProCurve# ping6 80fe::20b:cdff:fedd:9a62 ProCurve# ping6 fe80::5%vlan20 COMMAND DETAILS data-fill (p. 396) data-size (p. 396) host-name (p. 396) ip-addr (p. 396) ipv6-addr (p. 396) repetitions (p. 396) source (p. 396) timeout (p. 397) vlan (p. 397) data-fill ■ ping6 data-fill OCTET-STR Text string used as data in ping packets. You can enter up to 1024 alphanumeric characters in the text. Valid values: 0-1024.
PAGE 399
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ping6 Source address or VLAN. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Source VLAN. (VLAN-ID) (p. 397) ■ ip-addr -- Source IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 396) timeout ■ ping6 timeout < 1 to 60 > Number of seconds within which a response is required from the destination host before the ping test times out. Valid values: <1-60>. Range: < 1 to 60 > Default: 1 second vlan ■ ping6 source VLAN-ID Source VLAN. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 400
policy OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands class (page 79) Usage: [no] policy Description: Create a classifier policy and enter the policy context. Parameters are policy type and policy name. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] policy mirror -- Enter mirror type policy name (ASCII-STR) (p. 399) ■ [no] policy qos -- Enter qos type policy name (ASCII-STR) (p. 399) ■ policy resequence -- Renumber the entries in the policy. (p.
PAGE 401
Command Line Interface Reference Guide policy mirror ■ [no] policy mirror MIRROR Enter mirror type policy name name ■ policy resequence NAME Specify the policy name. Next Available Option: ■ start-seq-num < 1 to 2147483646 > -- Specify the starting sequence number. (p. 399) qos ■ [no] policy qos QOS Enter qos type policy name resequence ■ policy resequence Renumber the entries in the policy. Next Available Option: ■ name -- Specify the policy name. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 402
port-security OVERVIEW Category: Port Security Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) show (page 511) Usage: [no] port-security [ethernet] PORT-LIST [learn-mode ] [address-limit <1-32>] [mac-address MAC-ADDR [MAC-ADDR ...]] [action ] [clear-intrusion-flag] Description: Set the port-security operation(s) for each port in port list.
PAGE 403
Command Line Interface Reference Guide port-security o action - Indicates the port security action the switch will take if an intruder is detected on the port. o clear-intrusion-flag - clears intrusion indicator for the ports specified in the command PORT-LIST. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ port-security [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST action < none | send-alarm | send-disable > -- Define device's action in case of an intrusion detection. (p.
PAGE 404
Command Line Interface Reference Guide port-security ■ port-access -- Learn port-access authorized MAC address only. ■ limited-continuous -- Limited continuous MAC address learn mode. mac-addr ■ port-security [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST mac-address MAC-ADDR Authorized MAC address. mac-address ■ [no] port-security [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST mac-address Configure the address(es) authorized on the port(s). Next Available Option: ■ mac-addr -- Authorized MAC address. (MAC-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 405
power-over-ethernet OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show power-over-ethernet (page 581) Usage: power [slot ] [threshold <1-99>][optional-parameters] Description: Set Power Over Ethernet(poe) configuration parameters. threshold - set the power consumption percentage at which a trap should be sent. optional-parameters - Use or after entering power to see a list of all available options.
PAGE 406
Command Line Interface Reference Guide power-over-ethernet Example: power-over-ethernet threshold option Executing the following command sets the global notification threshold to 70% of available PoE power: ProCurve(config)# power-over-ethernet threshold 70 COMMAND DETAILS pre-std-detect (p. 404) redundancy (p. 404) redundancy_type (p. 404) slot (p. 405) threshold (p.
PAGE 407
Command Line Interface Reference Guide power-over-ethernet ■ full slot ■ power-over-ethernet slot SLOT-ID-RANGE Optional - Specify a valid powered-slot list for power threshold setting or omit to set all powered-slots. Next Available Option: ■ threshold < 1 to 99 > -- Set the power consumption percentage at which a trap should be sent. (NUMBER) (p. 405) threshold ■ power-over-ethernet threshold < 1 to 99 > Set the power consumption percentage at which a trap should be sent.
PAGE 408
primary-vlan OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “vlan” (page 603) Usage: primary-vlan VLAN-ID Description: Set the VLAN that is to be used as the primary VLAN. The primary VLAN comes into play for features such as stacking, DHCP, and TIMEP.
PAGE 409
print OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: print COMMAND-STR Description: Execute a command and redirect its output to the device channel for current session. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ print command -- Command to execute. Use quotes for multiword commands. (ASCII-STR) (p. 407) COMMAND DETAILS command (p. 407) command ■ print COMMAND Command to execute. Use quotes for multiword commands. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 410
p-wireless-services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ p-wireless-services p-wireless-services -- (SLOT-ID) (p. 408) ■ config -- (ASCII-STR) (p. 408) COMMAND DETAILS config (p. 408) p-wireless-services (p. 408) config ■ p-wireless-services SLOT-ID config CONFIG p-wireless-services ■ p-wireless-services SLOT-ID Next Available Option: ■ config -- (ASCII-STR) (p. 408) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 411
qinq OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands svlan (page 661) vlan (page 706) show qinq (page 582) Usage: [no] qinq [ [tag-type] ] Description: Configure the device qinq mode. The command 'no qinq' disables qinq on the device (no tag-stacking). Changing qinq mode from one to another requires reboot to take effect and the device will boot up with a default configuration for the new qinq mode.
PAGE 412
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qinq svlan ■ qinq svlan Configure as svlan mode. Globally enables QinQ svlan mode, an S-VLAN only environment that supports port-based or s-tagged interfaces of the standard. Requires a reboot to take effect. Next Available Option: ■ tag-type < 1536 to 65535 > -- Configure qinq tag-type (HEX NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 413
qos OVERVIEW Category: QoS Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) Usage: [no] qos ... Description: Configure Quality of Service (QoS) on the device. The command must be followed by a keyword defining a subdomain of the QoS parameters to configure. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] qos apptype < udp-port | tcp-port > -- Configure priorities for TCP/UDP services (p. 415) ■ ip-all -- Specify range of TCP/UDP ports from [to] which to prioritize traffic. (p.
PAGE 414
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802 (p. 434) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 428) ■ ipv6 -- Specify range of TCP/UDP ports from [to] which to prioritize traffic. (p. 425) ■ port-num -- TCP/UDP port from [to] which to prioritize traffic. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 427) ■ dscp < 000000 | 000001 | 000010 | ... > -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p.
PAGE 415
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ qos ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802 (p. 434) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 428) ■ ipv6 -- specify the ipv6 address of the device to set the priority (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 425) ■ dscp -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 418) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p.
PAGE 416
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS. (p. 434) ■ integer-codepoint < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 422) ■ dscp -- Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS. (p. 418) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 416) ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p.
PAGE 417
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Protocol -------UDP TCP TCP UDP | | + | | | | Application Port ----------23 80 914 1001-2000 qos Apply rule ---------DSCP DSCP DSCP DSCP | | + | | | | DSCP Priority ------ ---------000111 7 000101 5 000010 1 000010 1 COMMAND DETAILS 2-queues (p. 415) 4-queues (p. 415) 8-queues (p. 415) apptype (p. 415) binary-codepoint (p. 416) binary-range (p. 416) device-priority (p. 417) diff-services (p. 418) dscp (p. 418) dscp-map (p. 421) integer-codepoint (p.
PAGE 418
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos priority of the outgoing packets is defined by the Differentiated Services Codepoint mapping (see 'show qos dscp-map'). Using 'no' removes any priority assignment for this TCP/UDP service. If MAX-TCP/UDP-PORT is specified then the priority is applied to all TCP/UDP ports in the range from TCP/UDP-PORT to MAX-TCP/UDP-PORT. Supported Values: ■ udp-port -- Set UDP port based priority. ■ tcp-port -- Set TCP port based priority.
PAGE 419
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ name -- Specify DSCP->priority mapping name. (p. 426) ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in binary.
PAGE 420
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Usage: [no] qos device-priority [dscp <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| priority <0-7>] Description: Configure device-based priority. The priority can be set for IP packets from/to a particular IP Address. The specified priority value will be placed in the 802.1p priority field of outgoing tagged packets.
PAGE 421
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ qos device-priority IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH dscp Specify DSCP policy to use. Next Available Options: ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 423) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 416) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802(p.
PAGE 422
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Supported Values: Binary formatted value from 000000 to 111111 Next Available Options: ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 423) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 416) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802(p.
PAGE 423
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Next Available Options: ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 423) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 416) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802(p. 434) ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT dscp Specify DSCP policy to use.
PAGE 424
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos this DSCP policy as the method of traffic prioritization. The mapping also provides the profile for inbound classification and priority assignment based on an IPv4 packet's received IP ToS byte ONLY IF the user has also configured 'qos type-of-service diff-services' 'no qos dscp-map ' will remove the settings for the specified codepoint from the running configuration.
PAGE 425
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Next Available Option: ■ dscp -- Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS.(p. 418) integer-range ■ qos device-priority IP-ADDR dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos device-priority IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos device-priority IPV6-ADDR dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal.
PAGE 426
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > ■ qos type-of-service diff-services < 0 to 63 > dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal.
PAGE 427
Command Line Interface Reference Guide 101 100 011 010 001 000 qos 5 4 3 0 (Normal) 2 (Low) 1 (Lowest) ipv4 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 Specify range of TCP/UDP ports from [to] which to prioritize traffic. Next Available Options: ■ port-num -- TCP/UDP port from [to] which to prioritize traffic. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 427) ■ range -- Specify range of TCP/UDP ports from [to] which to prioritize traffic.(p.
PAGE 428
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Next Available Options: ■ dscp < 000000 | 000001 | 000010 | ... > -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 418) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 428) ■ [no] qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT Maximal TCP/UDP port in the range from [to] which to prioritize traffic. Next Available Options: ■ dscp < 000000 | 000001 | 000010 | ... > -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 418) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ...
PAGE 429
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos port-num ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP port from [to] which to prioritize traffic. Next Available Options: ■ dscp < 000000 | 000001 | 000010 | ... > -- Specify DSCP policy to use. (p. 418) ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 428) ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP port from [to] which to prioritize traffic.
PAGE 430
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos priority ■ qos device-priority IP-ADDR priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos device-priority IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos device-priority IPV6-ADDR priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use.
PAGE 431
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos dscp-map < 0 to 63 > priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos dscp-map < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos protocol < IP | IPX | ARP | ... > priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use.
PAGE 432
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ...
PAGE 433
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv6 range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ...
PAGE 434
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos placed in the appropriate outbound priority queue. '7' means highest priority. Using 'no' removes any priority assignment for the specified protocol. Supported Values: ■ IP ■ IPX ■ ARP ■ AppleTalk ■ SNA ■ NetBEUI Next Available Option: ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p.
PAGE 435
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Next Available Option: ■ port-num -- TCP/UDP port from [to] which to prioritize traffic. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 427) Example 1. Example of Port Range ProCurve(config)# qos udp-port range 1001 2000 dscp 000010 type-of-service ■ [no] qos type-of-service Usage: [no] type-of-service dscp <0|1...
PAGE 436
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos the 'no dscp-map ' function must be used. o diff-services <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32|af33| af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111> - The value of the upper bits in the ToS field. o dscp <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32|af33|af42|af42| af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...
PAGE 437
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Codepoint Value IETF Standard Designation --------------------------------------------------001010 1 Assured Forwarding AF11 001100 1 Assured Forwarding AF12 001110 2 Assured Forwarding AF13 010010 0 Assured Forwarding AF21 010100 0 Assured Forwarding AF22 010110 3 Assured Forwarding AF23 011010 4 Assured Forwarding AF31 011100 4 Assured Forwarding AF32 011110 5 Assured Forwarding AF33 100010 6 Assured Forwarding AF41 100100 6 Assured Forwarding AF42 100110 7 Ass
PAGE 438
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos The mapping also provides the profile for inbound classification and priority assignment based on an IPv4 packet's received IP ToS byte ONLY IF the user has also configured 'qos type-of-service diff-services' 'no qos dscp-map ' will remove the settings for the specified codepoint from the running configuration.
PAGE 439
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos device-priority IPV6-ADDR dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| [priority <<0-7>|no-override>] [name ] Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority.
PAGE 440
Command Line Interface Reference Guide 010000 011000 100000 101000 110000 111000 qos 2 3 4 5 6 7 Classs Classs Classs Classs Classs Classs Selector Selector Selector Selector Selector Selector CS2 CS3 CS4 CS5 CS6 CS7 Supported Values: ■ af11 ■ af12 ■ af13 ■ af21 ■ af22 ■ af23 ■ af31 ■ af32 ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos device-priority IPV6-ADDR/PREFIX-LEN dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...
PAGE 441
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos and Expedited Forwarding. These are automatically configured as follows: DiffServ 802.
PAGE 442
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority. The mapping is used to assign priority for IPv4 packets if a QoS classifier uses this DSCP policy as the method of traffic prioritization.
PAGE 443
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ qos af33 af41 af42 af43 ef cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 Next Available Options: ■ priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > -- Specify priority to use. (p. 428) ■ name -- Specify DSCP->priority mapping name. (p. 426) ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...
PAGE 444
Command Line Interface Reference Guide 011010 011100 011110 100010 100100 100110 101110 000000 001000 010000 011000 100000 101000 110000 111000 qos 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Assured Forwarding AF31 Assured Forwarding AF32 Assured Forwarding AF33 Assured Forwarding AF41 Assured Forwarding AF42 Assured Forwarding AF43 Expedited Forwarding EF Classs Selector CS0 Classs Selector CS1 Classs Selector CS2 Classs Selector CS3 Classs Selector CS4 Classs Selector CS5 Classs Selector CS6 Classs Selector CS7 S
PAGE 445
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos specified codepoint from the running configuration. The priority is set to no-override and the name is deleted (the priority and name can only be removed if no QoS feature is configured to use this DSCP Policy). 'no qos dscp-map name' will remove the name associated with this policy, but not the policy priority. Certain codepoints may have a default associated 802.
PAGE 446
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| [priority <<0-7>|no-override>] [name ] Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority.
PAGE 447
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Supported Values: ■ af11 ■ af12 ■ af13 ■ af21 ■ af22 ■ af23 ■ af31 ■ af32 ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv4 range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...
PAGE 448
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos --------------------------------------------------001010 1 Assured Forwarding AF11 001100 1 Assured Forwarding AF12 001110 2 Assured Forwarding AF13 010010 0 Assured Forwarding AF21 010100 0 Assured Forwarding AF22 010110 3 Assured Forwarding AF23 011010 4 Assured Forwarding AF31 011100 4 Assured Forwarding AF32 011110 5 Assured Forwarding AF33 100010 6 Assured Forwarding AF41 100100 6 Assured Forwarding AF42 100110 7 Assured Forwarding AF43 101110 7 Expedited Fo
PAGE 449
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos The mapping also provides the profile for inbound classification and priority assignment based on an IPv4 packet's received IP ToS byte ONLY IF the user has also configured 'qos type-of-service diff-services' 'no qos dscp-map ' will remove the settings for the specified codepoint from the running configuration.
PAGE 450
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ipv6 range TCP/UDP-PORT TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| [priority <<0-7>|no-override>] [name ] Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority.
PAGE 451
Command Line Interface Reference Guide 010000 011000 100000 101000 110000 111000 qos 2 3 4 5 6 7 Classs Classs Classs Classs Classs Classs Selector Selector Selector Selector Selector Selector CS2 CS3 CS4 CS5 CS6 CS7 Supported Values: ■ af11 ■ af12 ■ af13 ■ af21 ■ af22 ■ af23 ■ af31 ■ af32 ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos < udp-port | tcp-port > ip-all TCP/UDP-PORT dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...
PAGE 452
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos and Expedited Forwarding. These are automatically configured as follows: DiffServ 802.
PAGE 453
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority. The mapping is used to assign priority for IPv4 packets if a QoS classifier uses this DSCP policy as the method of traffic prioritization.
PAGE 454
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ af32 ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos type-of-service diff-services < 0 to 63 > dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS.
PAGE 455
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos ■ af33 ■ af41 ■ af42 ■ af43 ■ ef ■ cs0 ■ cs1 ■ cs2 ■ cs3 ■ cs4 ■ cs5 ■ cs6 ■ cs7 ■ qos type-of-service diff-services < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS.
PAGE 456
Command Line Interface Reference Guide qos of each packet. Using 'no' type-of-service with just the mode (ip-precedence or diff-services) will disable all ToS QoS for the switch. Modes: -------------Disabled The switch does NOT prioritize IP packets based on the IP ToS field. IP Precedence The switch uses the upper 3 bits of the IP ToS field (the IP Precedence bits) to determine the 802.1p priority of the packet and its outbound switch queue.
PAGE 457
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ qos af33 af41 af42 af43 ef cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 Next Available Option: ■ dscp -- Define Differentiated Services Codepoint to which to map IP ToS.(p. 418) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 458
radius-server OVERVIEW Category: Switch Security Primary context: config Related Commands show radius (page 583) Usage: [no] radius-server host [auth-port ] [acct-port ] [dyn-authorization] [time-window <0-65535>] [key ] [no] radius-server key radius-server timeout <1-15> radius-server retransmit <1-5> radius-server dyn-autz-port [no] radius-server dead-time <1-1440> Description: Configure RADIUS parameters.
PAGE 459
Command Line Interface Reference Guide o o o o o radius-server encryption key to use for authentication with given server (default is NULL). Specifying this key overrides the key set for this server by the 'radius-server key ' global configuration command. key - specifies the global encryption key, which is used for authentication if encryption key for the server is not configured. The default is NULL. timeout <1-15> - server response timeout interval in seconds.
PAGE 460
Command Line Interface Reference Guide radius-server ■ acct-port -- Accounting UDP destination port number (default is 1813). (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 458) ■ auth-port -- Authentication UDP destination port number (default is 1812). (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 459) ■ time-window -- time window (in seconds) within which the received dynamic authorization requests are considered to be current and accepted for processing. (p. 461) ■ time-window < 0 to 65535 > -- (p.
PAGE 461
Command Line Interface Reference Guide radius-server auth-port ■ radius-server host IP-ADDR acct-port TCP/UDP-PORT auth-port TCP/UDP-PORT Authentication UDP destination port number (default is 1812). ■ radius-server host IP-ADDR auth-port Authentication UDP destination port number (default is 1812). Next Available Option: ■ auth-port -- Authentication UDP destination port number (default is 1812). (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p.
PAGE 462
Command Line Interface Reference Guide radius-server dyn-autz-port ■ radius-server dyn-autz-port < 1024 to 49151 > UDP port number to listen for Change-of-Authorization and Disconnect messages (default is 3799). Range: < 1024 to 49151 > host ■ [no] radius-server host IP-ADDR IP address of the RADIUS server to use. Next Available Options: ■ acct-port -- Accounting UDP destination port number (default is 1813).(p. 458) ■ auth-port -- Authentication UDP destination port number (default is 1812).(p.
PAGE 463
Command Line Interface Reference Guide radius-server ■ radius-server key KEY Encryption key to use with the RADIUS server (default is NULL). retransmit ■ radius-server retransmit < 1 to 5 > Number of packet retransmits (default is 3). Range: < 1 to 5 > timeout ■ radius-server timeout < 1 to 15 > Server timeout interval (default is 5).
PAGE 464
redo OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands repeat (page 470) Usage: redo [NUMBER|COMMAND-STR] Description: Re-execute a command from history. By default, it executes the last command. If the 'number' is specified, it executes the n-th command starting from the most recent command in the history. The n is the number specified. If the 'COMMAND-STR' is specified, it executes the most recent command whose name matches the specified string.
PAGE 465
redundancy OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: redundancy switchover redundancy active-management < management-module1 | management-module2 | standby> [no]redundancy management-module redundancy fabric-module <<1|2> > Description: Redundancy configuration for management and fabric modules. The first version of the command causes the switch to immediately switchover to the standby management module.
PAGE 466
Command Line Interface Reference Guide redundancy ProCurve(config)# show redundancy Settings -------Mgmt Redundancy : enabled Statistics ---------Failovers : 0 Last Failover : Slot ---1 2 Module Description ---------------------------------------ProCurve J9092A Management Module 8200zl ProCurve J9092A Management Module 8200zl Status -------Standby Active 1 2 ProCurve J9093A F2 Fabric Module 8200zl ProCurve J9093A F2 Fabric Module 8200zl Enabled Enabled SW Version ----------K.14.XX K.14.
PAGE 467
Command Line Interface Reference Guide redundancy Next Available Options: ■ enable -- Enable the fabric module.(p. 464) ■ disable -- Disable the fabric module.(p. 464) management-module ■ [no] redundancy management-module Enable/Disable redundant management. switchover ■ redundancy switchover Switchover to the standby management module. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 468
redundancy OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: redundancy switchover redundancy active-management < management-module1 | management-module2 | standby> Description: Redundancy configuration for management modules. The first version of the command causes the switch to immediately switchover to the standby management module. The second version of the command makes the module specified an active management module for next boot.
PAGE 469
reload OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands boot (page 73) Usage: [no] reload | at HH:MM[:SS] [MM/DD[/[YY]YY]>] > Description: Warm reboot of the switch. If no parameters are entered, an immediate reload is executed. [no] - Causes the removal of any pending reload request. Note: Parameters: o after o at The maximum allowable time is 99 days. - Warm reboot the switch after the given amount of time has passed.
PAGE 470
Command Line Interface Reference Guide reload at ■ reload at Warm reboot at a specified time; If the mm/dd/yy is left blank, the current day is assumed. Next Available Option: ■ time -- Time on given date to do a warm reboot. (HH:MM[:SS]) (p. 468) date ■ reload at [TIME] [DATE] Date on which a warm reboot is to occur. time ■ reload at [TIME] Time on given date to do a warm reboot. Next Available Option: ■ date -- Date on which a warm reboot is to occur. (MM/DD[/[YY]YY]) (p.
PAGE 471
rename OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands show (page 511) erase (page 174) Usage: rename config OLDNAME NEWNAME Description: Change the name of the configuration OLDNAME to NEWNAME. No action occurs if there is no configuration named OLDNAME, or if a configuration named NEWNAME already exists. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ rename config < config | config1 > -- Change the name of the configuration OLDNAME to NEWNAME (p.
PAGE 472
repeat OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands redo (page 462) Usage: repeat [CMDLIST] [count NUMBER] [delay NUMBER] Description: Repeat execution of a previous command. By default, repeats the last command until a key is pressed. If the 'CMDLIST' is specified, repeats the n-th most recent command where n is the number. If the 'count NUMBER' is specified repeat the command the NUMBER of times.
PAGE 473
router OVERVIEW Category: Routing Primary context: config Related Commands ip (page 290) vlan (page 706) show (page 511) Usage: [no] router ... Description: Configure the switch routing protocols. You can enter the commands from the global configuration context or the RIP, OSPF, PIM, or VRRP configuration contexts. For example, to enter an OSPF command from the global configuration context, use the "router" keyword in front of the command.
PAGE 474
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ■ retransmit-interval < 1 to 3600 > -- Set retransmit interval in seconds; the default is 5. (p. 486) ■ transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > -- Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. (p. 489) ■ backbone -- The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0). (p. 477) ■ normal -- Define a "normal" area. (p. 482) ■ nssa < 0 to 16777215 > -- Define a "not-so-stubby" area (or NSSA) and its cost. (p. 483) ■ metric-type < type1 | type2 > -- Metric type of the type-7 default.
PAGE 475
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ■ bsm-interval < 5 to 300 > -- Specify the interval for sending Bootstrap messages on PIM-SM interfaces. (p. 477) ■ hash-mask-length < 1 to 32 > -- Specify the length (in bits) of the hash mask. (p. 480) ■ priority < 0 to 255 > -- Specify the priority for the Candidate Bootstrap router. (p. 484) ■ source-ip-vlan -- Specify the VLAN to use as a source for Candidate-BSR router IP address (PIM-SM must be enabled on this VLAN). (VLAN-ID) (p.
PAGE 476
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ProCurve(config)# router vrrp ProCurve(config)# vlan 10 ProCurve(vlan-10)# vrrp vrid 1 ProCurve(vlan-10-vrid-1)# owner ProCurve(vlan-10-vrid-1)# virtual-ip-address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.
PAGE 477
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router area range IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH [no-advertise] area virtual-link IP-ADDR [transit-delay <0-3600>] [retransmit-interval <0-3600>] [hello-interval <1-65535>] [dead-interval <0-2147483647>] area virtual-link IP-ADDR authentication-key OCTET-STR area virtual-link IP-ADDR md5-auth-key-chain CHAIN-NAME-STR no area no area ran
PAGE 478
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ■ backbone -- The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0).(p. 477) area-id ■ router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. Next Available Options: ■ normal -- Define a "normal" area.(p. 482) ■ nssa < 0 to 16777215 > -- Define a "not-so-stubby" area (or NSSA) and its cost.(p. 483) ■ stub -- Define a "stub" area and specify its cost.(p. 489) ■ range -- Summarize routes matching address/MASK pair.(p.
PAGE 479
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Description: Enable/disable advertisement of summarized routes. Summarization mechanisms should be disabled when using both version 1 and version 2 of RIP within a single network. backbone ■ router ospf area backbone The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0). Next Available Options: ■ normal -- Define a "normal" area.(p. 482) ■ nssa < 0 to 16777215 > -- Define a "not-so-stubby" area (or NSSA) and its cost.(p.
PAGE 480
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Next Available Options: ■ source-ip-vlan -- Specify the VLAN to use as a source for Candidate-BSR router IP address (PIM-SM must be enabled on this VLAN). (VLAN-ID) (p. 488) ■ hash-mask-length < 1 to 32 > -- Specify the length (in bits) of the hash mask. (p. 480) ■ priority < 0 to 255 > -- Specify the priority for the Candidate Bootstrap router. (p. 484) ■ bsm-interval < 5 to 300 > -- Specify the interval for sending Bootstrap messages on PIM-SM interfaces.
PAGE 481
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Description: Set default metric for imported routes. Default value is 1. Range: < 1 to 15 > distance ■ router ospf distance Usage: distance <1-255> Description: Set administrative distance to associate with intra-area, inter-area and AS-external routes learned by OSPF. Default value is 110 for all types of OSPF routes.
PAGE 482
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router group-prefix ■ router pim rp-candidate source-ip-vlan VLAN-ID group-prefix Specify the multicast group prefix to associate with the Candidate-RP router. Next Available Option: ■ GROUP-ADDR/GROUP-MASK -- Enter the address and mask to define the multicast group range. (IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH) (p. 479) ■ [no] router pim rp-candidate group-prefix Specify the multicast group prefix to associate with the Candidate-RP router.
PAGE 483
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Range: < 1 to 255 > ip ■ router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID range IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH Specify IP address/MASK pair. ■ router ospf area backbone range IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH Specify IP address/MASK pair. ip-addr ■ [no] router ospf restrict IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH Usage: [no] restrict IP-ADDR/MASK-LEN Description: Prevent redistribution of routes via OSPF.
PAGE 484
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Next Available Option: ■ chain-name -- Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. (ASCII-STR) (p. 478) metric-type ■ router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID nssa < 0 to 16777215 > metric-type < type1 | type2 > Metric type of the type-7 default. Supported Values: ■ type1 -- Comparable (an OSPF metric plus the external metric). ■ type2 -- Non-comparable metric (the external metric).
PAGE 485
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ■ router ospf area backbone nssa < 0 to 16777215 > no-summary Do not send summary LSA into the area. ■ router ospf area backbone stub no-summary Do not send summary LSA into the area. nssa ■ router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID nssa < 0 to 16777215 > Define a "not-so-stubby" area (or NSSA) and its cost. Range: < 0 to 16777215 > Next Available Options: ■ metric-type < type1 | type2 > -- Metric type of the type-7 default.(p.
PAGE 486
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router ■ trap < virtual-interface-state-change | neighbor-state-change | virtual-neighbor-state-change | ... > -- Enable/disable OSPF traps(p. 489) override ■ [no] router pim rp-address IP-ADDR IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH override Specify whether or not static RP configuration precedes the information learned by a BSR. pim ■ [no] router pim Usage: [no] router pim [...] Description: Enable/disable/configure PIM protocol on the device, or enter PIM Configuration Context.
PAGE 487
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Summarize routes matching address/MASK pair. Next Available Options: ■ ip -- Specify IP address/MASK pair. (IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH) (p. 481) ■ no-advertise -- Do not advertise the range outside the area.(p. 482) ■ type < summary | nssa > -- Link state database type to apply the range.(p. 491) ■ [no] router ospf area backbone range Summarize routes matching address/MASK pair. Next Available Options: ■ ip -- Specify IP address/MASK pair. (IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH) (p.
PAGE 488
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Usage: [no] restrict IP-ADDR/MASK-LEN Description: Prevent redistribution of routes via OSPF. Next Available Option: ■ ip-addr -- Prevent redistribution of routes via OSPF (IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH) (p. 481) ■ router rip restrict Usage: [no] restrict IP-ADDR/MASK-LEN Description: Prevent redistribution of routes via RIP. Next Available Option: ■ ip-addr -- Prevent redistribution of routes via RIP (IP-ADDR/MASK-LENGTH) (p.
PAGE 489
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router and changes current context to RIP Configuration Context. Otherwise, the command disables RIP. The command can be followed by a RIP configuration command. Use 'router rip ?' to get a list of all possible options. Next Available Options: ■ auto-summary -- Enable/disable advertisement of summarized routes(p. 476) ■ default-metric < 1 to 15 > -- Set default metric for imported routes(p.
PAGE 490
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router command to remove specific multicast group or disable the router to be a Candidate-RP. NOTE: It is recommended that the same routing switch is configured as the Candidate-BSR and the Candidate-RP. Parameters: o source-ip-vlan - The VLAN which IP address will be advertised as the Candidate-RP address.
PAGE 491
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router state-refresh ■ router pim state-refresh < 10 to 300 > Usage: state-refresh <10-300> Description: Set the interval between successive State Refresh messages originated by this router. Default value is 60 seconds. Range: < 10 to 300 > stub ■ router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID stub Define a "stub" area and specify its cost. Next Available Options: ■ cost < 0 to 16777215 > -- Enter cost to use when injecting default routes into the area.(p.
PAGE 492
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Dr, or Backup). - 'virtual-interface-state-change' signifies the same change in the state of a virtual OSPF interface. - 'neighbor-state-change' signifies that there has been a change in the state of a non-virtual OSPF neighbor. This trap is generated when the neighbor state regresses (e.g., goes from Attempt or Full to 1-Way or Down) or progresses to a terminal state (e.g., 2-Way or Full).
PAGE 493
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router Usage: [no] trap Description: Enable/disable PIM traps. The traps defined below are generated as the result of finding an unusual condition or a timer event. Possible trap names are: - 'neighbor-loss' signifies that a neighbor timer expired and the router has no other neighbors on the same interface with a lower IP address than itself. - 'hardware-mrt-full' signifies that the MRT table is full and the error has been originated by hardware.
PAGE 494
Command Line Interface Reference Guide router virtual-link ■ [no] router ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID virtual-link IP-ADDR Specify a virtual neighbor. Next Available Options: ■ transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > -- Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1.(p. 489) ■ retransmit-interval < 1 to 3600 > -- Set retransmit interval in seconds; the default is 5.(p. 486) ■ hello-interval < 1 to 65535 > -- Set hello interval in seconds; the default is 10.(p.
PAGE 495
r-wireless-services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ r-wireless-services r-wireless-services -- (SLOT-ID) (p. 493) ■ config -- (ASCII-STR) (p. 493) COMMAND DETAILS config (p. 493) r-wireless-services (p. 493) config ■ r-wireless-services SLOT-ID config CONFIG r-wireless-services ■ r-wireless-services SLOT-ID Next Available Option: ■ config -- (ASCII-STR) (p. 493) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 496
savepower OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] savepower <1|2|3> Description: power on/off of blocks controlling ports. o 1 o 2 o 3 - Power block-1 associated with ports 01-08. - Power block-2 associated with ports 09-16. - Power block-3 associated with ports 17-24. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] savepower int < 1 | 2 | 3 > -- 1 -> Power block-1 associated with ports 01-08 2 -> Power block-2 associated with ports 09-16 3 -> Power block-3 associated with ports 17-24 (p.
PAGE 497
services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: services [ |(name )| |reload|shutdown] Description: Configure parameters for the services module or change the module's state (reload or shutdown). Parameters: o - Display the applications installed and running. o - Configure parameters for the installed application. o locator - Controls services module locator LED.
PAGE 498
Command Line Interface Reference Guide services blink ■ services SLOT-ID locator blink Blink the locate led Next Available Option: ■ duration < 1 to 1440 > -- Number of minutes duration (default 30). (NUMBER) (p. 496) diagnostic-restart ■ services SLOT-ID diagnostic-restart Reboot services module into diagnostic partition. duration ■ services SLOT-ID locator on < 1 to 1440 > Number of minutes duration (default 30).
PAGE 499
Command Line Interface Reference Guide services on ■ services SLOT-ID locator on Turn the locate led on Next Available Option: ■ duration < 1 to 1440 > -- Number of minutes duration (default 30). (NUMBER) (p. 496) reload ■ services SLOT-ID reload Reboot services module. shutdown ■ services SLOT-ID shutdown Shutdown (halt) the services module. slot-id ■ services SLOT-ID Device slot identifier for the services module. Next Available Options: ■ id -- Index of the services CLI to access. (p.
PAGE 500
services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: services [ |(name )| |reload|shutdown] Description: Display parameters for the services module or change the module's state (reload or shutdown). Parameters: o - Display the applications installed and running. o - Configure parameters for the installed application. o locator - Controls services module locator LED.
PAGE 501
Command Line Interface Reference Guide services Blink the locate led Next Available Option: ■ duration < 1 to 1440 > -- Number of minutes duration (default 30). (NUMBER) (p. 499) duration ■ services SLOT-ID locator on < 1 to 1440 > Number of minutes duration (default 30). Range: < 1 to 1440 > ■ services SLOT-ID locator blink < 1 to 1440 > Number of minutes duration (default 30). Range: < 1 to 1440 > id ■ services SLOT-ID INTEGER Index of the services CLI to access.
PAGE 502
Command Line Interface Reference Guide services reload ■ services SLOT-ID reload Reboot services module. shutdown ■ services SLOT-ID shutdown Shutdown (halt) the services module. slot-id ■ services SLOT-ID Device slot identifier for the services module. Next Available Options: ■ id -- Index of the services CLI to access. (p. 499) ■ name -- Name of the services CLI to access. (ASCII-STR) (p. 499) ■ locator -- Control services module locator LED. (p. 499) ■ reload -- Reboot services module. (p.
PAGE 503
services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: services [ |(name )] Description: Display parameters for the services module. Parameters: o - Display the applications installed and running. o - Configure parameters for the installed application. o locator - Controls services module locator LED. o name - Configure parameters for the installed application.
PAGE 504
Command Line Interface Reference Guide services Number of minutes duration (default 30). Range: < 1 to 1440 > ■ services SLOT-ID locator blink < 1 to 1440 > Number of minutes duration (default 30). Range: < 1 to 1440 > id ■ services SLOT-ID INTEGER Index of the services CLI to access. locator ■ services SLOT-ID locator Control services module locator LED. Next Available Options: ■ on -- Turn the locate led on(p. 502) ■ off -- Turn the locate led off(p. 502) ■ blink -- Blink the locate led(p.
PAGE 506
setMIB OVERVIEW Category: SNMP Primary context: manager Related Commands walkMIB (page 754) Usage: setmib OBJECT-STR TYPE-STR VALUE-STR [[OBJECT-STR TYPE-STR VALUE-STR] ...] Description: Set the value of a MIB object. The can be: -i - integer -o - octet -d - object identifier -a - ip_addr -c - counter -g - gauge -t - time_ticks -u - unsigned integer 32 -D - Display String -N - NULL COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ setMIB object -- MIB object name.instance. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 507
Command Line Interface Reference Guide setMIB A value to which to set the MIB object. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 508
setup OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: setup [default-logon ] Description: Enter the 'Switch Setup' screen for basic switch configuration. The optional parameter 'default-logon' changes the user interface presented after boot without entering full-screen setup. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ setup default-logon < CLI | Menu > -- Specify whether switch should boot to CLI (default) or menu. (p.
PAGE 509
Command Line Interface Reference Guide setup COMMAND DETAILS default-logon (p. 507) mgmt-interfaces (p. 507) default-logon ■ setup default-logon < CLI | Menu > Specify whether switch should boot to CLI (default) or menu. Supported Values: ■ CLI -- Set Command Line Interface as default console interface. ■ Menu -- Set Menu as default console interface.
PAGE 510
sflow OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: sflow destination [UDP-PORT] sflow polling [ethernet] PORT-LIST sflow sampling [ethernet] PORT-LIST [no] sflow Description: Configure or un-claim an sflow sampling receiver. If the [no] option is not used, this command will configure the sflow sampling receiver, polling, and sampling.
PAGE 511
Command Line Interface Reference Guide sflow COMMAND DETAILS destination (p. 509) polling (p. 509) sampling (p. 509) sflow-polling-interval (p. 509) sflow-polling-int-off (p. 509) sflow-receiver (p. 510) sflow-sampler-off (p. 510) sflow-sampler-rate (p. 510) sflow-udp-port (p. 510) destination ■ sflow < 1 to 3 > destination IP-ADDR IP address of sFlow receiver/collector/management station.
PAGE 512
Command Line Interface Reference Guide sflow sflow-receiver ■ [no] sflow < 1 to 3 > Select one of three possible sFlow receiver tables. Range: < 1 to 3 > Next Available Options: ■ destination -- IP address of sFlow receiver/collector/management station. (IP-ADDR) (p. 509) ■ polling -- Specify the ports for which packets are to be polled. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 509) ■ sampling -- Specify the ports for which packets are to be sampled. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 513
show OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: show ... Description: Display switch operation information. The 'show' must be followed by a command. Use 'show ?' for the list of all possible command. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ show access-list -- Show Access Control List information (p. 527) ■ acl-name -- Display detailed information on specified ACL. (ASCII-STR) (p. 528) ■ config -- Show all configured ACL's on the switch using the CLI syntax used to create them. (p.
PAGE 514
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show config -- Show the switch startup configuration (p. 540) ■ filename < config | config1 > -- Display specified configuration. (p. 551) ■ files -- List saved configuration files. (p. 551) ■ status -- Check if the running configuration differs from the statup configuration. (p. 596) ■ show connection-rate-filter -- List the ports and the on/off connection-rate-filter status and sensitivity (p. 543) ■ all-hosts -- Show blocked and throttled IP addresses. (p.
PAGE 515
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ source-port -- (p. 592) ■ show flash -- Show the version of software stored in the Primary and Secondary image locations (p. 552) ■ show front-panel-security -- Show current security status of the front panel butons (p. 553) ■ show gvrp -- Show GVRP settings (p. 554) ■ show history -- Show previously entered commands (p. 555) ■ show igmp -- Show global switch IGMP configuration parameters (p.
PAGE 516
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ client-public-key -- Show currently loaded public keys for authorized clients (NUMBER) (p. 537) ■ babble -- Display phonetic hash. (p. 533) ■ fingerprint -- Display hexadecimal hash. (p. 552) ■ dns -- Show configured DNS server IP addresses on the switch (p. 549) ■ forward-protocol -- Show server addresses where broadcast requests received by the switch are to be forwarded based on configured port (p.
PAGE 517
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ type < router | network | summary | ... > -- Show LSAs of the specified type only. (p. 600) ■ neighbor -- Show all OSPF neighbors in the locality of of the device (p. 573) ■ neighbor-ip -- (IP-ADDR) (p. 573) ■ redistribute -- List protocols which are being redistributed into OSPF (p. 584) ■ restrict -- List routes which will not be redistributed via OSPF (p.
PAGE 518
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ ip-addr -- Destination IP address to display the routes to. (IP-ADDR) (p. 561) ■ type < static | connected | rip | ... > -- Specify type of routes to display. (p. 600) ■ source-binding -- Show Dynamic IP Lockdown trap status. (p. 592) ■ traps -- Show Dynamic IP Lockdown trap status. (p. 599) ■ source-lockdown -- Show Dynamic IP Lockdown configuration. (p. 592) ■ bindings -- Show source bindings for Dynamic IP Lockdown ports. (p.
PAGE 519
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ port-list -- Show remote or local device information for the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ remote-device -- Show LLDP remote device information. (p. 585) ■ port-list -- Show remote or local device information for the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ stats -- Show LLDP statistics (p. 596) ■ port-list -- Specify the port or list of ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 520
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ web-based -- Show Web Authentication statistics and configuration (p. 609) ■ clients -- Show the current web client session statistics. (p. 538) ■ detailed -- Show the current web client session detailed statistics. (p. 546) ■ config -- Show the current configuration of Web Authentication. (p. 540) ■ auth-server -- Show the authentication server-related configuration items. (p.
PAGE 521
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ detailed -- Show the detailed configuration of Web Authentication. (p. 546) ■ web-server -- Show the web server-related configuration items. (p. 610) ■ clients -- Show the current web client session statistics. (p. 538) ■ -- Specify ports for which Web Authentication information will be shown. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 525) ■ detailed -- Show the current web client session detailed statistics. (p.
PAGE 522
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ mcast -- Show limits for ingress multicast traffic. (p. 569) ■ detailed -- Show Inbound Radius Override details. (p. 546) ■ port-list -- Specify ports for which information will be shown. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) show redundancy -- Display redundant information for Management and Fabric Modules (p. 585) show rmon -- Show detailed rmon statistics for the ports (p.
PAGE 523
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ view -- Show views. (p. 602) ■ VIEW-NAME -- Set view name. (ASCII-STR) (p. 603) ■ SUB-TREE -- Set the OID of the tree. (ASCII-STR) (p. 596) ■ show sntp -- Show configured time protocol and servers (p. 592) ■ show spanning-tree -- Show spanning tree information (p. 592) ■ bpdu-protection -- Show spanning tree BPDU protection status information. (p. 535) ■ port-list -- Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports.
PAGE 524
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ pvst-protection -- Show spanning tree PVST protection status information. (p. 582) ■ port-list -- Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ root-history -- Show spanning tree Root changes history information. (p. 586) ■ cst -- Show CST Root changes history. (p. 544) ■ ist -- Show IST Regional Root changes history. (p.
PAGE 525
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show ■ transceivers -- Display output of a predefined command sequence used by technical support (p. 599) ■ vrrp -- Display output of a predefined command sequence used by technical support (p. 608) show telnet -- Show active incoming and outgoing sessions (p. 598) show terminal -- Show logical window dimensions (p. 598) show time -- Show current date and time (p. 599) show timep -- Show configured time protocol and servers (p.
PAGE 526
Command Line Interface Reference Guide area-ip (p. 530) arp (p. 530) arp-protect (p. 530) authentication (p. 531) authenticator (p. 531) authorization (p. 531) authorized-managers (p. 532) auth-server (p. 532) auto-provision (p. 532) autorun (p. 533) autorun-cert (p. 533) autorun-key (p. 533) babble (p. 533) bandwidth (p. 533) banner (p. 533) bcast (p. 534) binding (p. 534) bindings (p. 534) blocked-hosts (p. 534) boot-history (p. 534) bootp-gateway (p. 534) bpdu-protection (p. 535) brief (p. 535) bsr (p.
PAGE 527
Command Line Interface Reference Guide details (p. 547) device-priority (p. 548) dhcp-relay (p. 548) dhcp-snooping (p. 548) direction (p. 548) display (p. 549) distributed (p. 549) dns (p. 549) domains (p. 549) dscp-map (p. 549) dyn-authorization (p. 549) elected (p. 550) enable (p. 550) endpoint (p. 550) engineid (p. 550) entries (p. 550) event_class (p. 550) external-link-state (p. 550) fan-pref-airflow-dir (p. 551) fans (p. 551) fastboot (p. 551) fault-finder (p. 551) feature-coordinator (p.
PAGE 528
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show port-access mac-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Specify ports for which MAC Authentication information will be shown. Next Available Options: ■ config -- Show the current configuration of MAC Authentication.(p. 540) ■ clients -- Show the connected MAC address information.(p. 538) ■ show port-access mac-based config [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Specify ports for which MAC Authentication information will be shown.
PAGE 529
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Description: Show Web/MAC Authentication statistics and configuration. If PORT-LIST parameter is specified then information only for the specified ports is shown. Next Available Options: ■ authenticator -- Show 802(p. 531) ■ mac-based -- Show MAC Authentication statistics and configuration(p. 568) ■ web-based -- Show Web Authentication statistics and configuration(p. 609) -a ■ show logging -a Display all log events, including those from previous boot cycles.
PAGE 530
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Option: ■ group < ManagerPriv | ManagerAuth | OperatorAuth | ... > -- Show SNMPv3 users. (p. 553) accounting ■ show accounting Usage: show accounting [sessions] Description: Show Accounting configuration parameters. If 'sessions' is specified then show accounting data for all active sessions. Next Available Option: ■ sessions -- Show accounting data for all active sessions(p.
PAGE 531
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show advertise ■ show ip ospf external-link-state advertise Show each LSA as a stream of bytes in hexadecimal notation. ■ show ip ospf link-state advertise Show each LSA as a stream of bytes in hexadecimal notation. agent ■ show sflow agent Displays read-only switch agent information: The agent address is normally the ip address of the first vlan configured. alias ■ show alias Usage: show alias Description: Show configured alias commands.
PAGE 532
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show ip ospf area [OSPF-AREA-ID] Description: Show OSPF areas configured on the device. Invoked without parameters displays all OSPF areas configured. If the 'OSPF-AREA-ID' is specified detailed information for the correspondent OSPF area is shown. Next Available Option: ■ area-ip -- (OSPF-AREA-ID) (p. 530) ■ show ip ospf virtual-neighbor area OSPF-AREA-ID Specify area of the virtual neighbors to show.
PAGE 533
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show authentication ■ show authentication Usage: show authentication Description: Show Authentication configuration parameters. ■ show radius authentication Usage: show radius authentication Description: Show RADIUS authentication statistics. authenticator ■ show port-access authenticator Usage: show port-access authenticator [config|statistics|session-counters] Description: Show 802.
PAGE 534
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show authorized-managers ■ show ip authorized-managers Usage: show ip authorized-managers Description: Show IPV4 addresses allowed to manage the switch. ■ show ipv6 authorized-managers Usage: show ipv6 authorized-managers Description: Show IPV6 addresses allowed to manage the switch. auth-server ■ show port-access mac-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST config auth-server Show the authentication server-related configuration items.
PAGE 535
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show autorun ■ show autorun Show Autorun configuration status. autorun-cert ■ show crypto autorun-cert Display trusted certificate. autorun-key ■ show crypto autorun-key Display autorun key. babble ■ show crypto client-public-key babble Display phonetic hash. ■ show crypto client-public-key < manager | operator > babble Display phonetic hash. ■ show crypto client-public-key < manager | operator > KEYLIST babble Display phonetic hash.
PAGE 536
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show banner motd Description: show the configured banner text. Next Available Option: ■ motd -- show the configured banner text(p. 571) bcast ■ show rate-limit bcast Show limits for ingress broadcast traffic. Next Available Options: ■ port-list -- Specify ports for which information will be shown. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ detailed -- Show Inbound Radius Override details.(p.
PAGE 537
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Show the configured BOOTP Gateway for VLAN.(p. 603) bpdu-protection ■ show spanning-tree bpdu-protection Show spanning tree BPDU protection status information. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) brief ■ show interfaces brief Usage: show interfaces brief Description: Show the ports' operational parameters.
PAGE 538
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show debug buffer [-r | -c | substring ...] Description: Show the contents of the debug log buffer. -r - Instructs the switch to display messages in reverse order (most recent first). -c - Instructs the switch to stop after displaying messages. substring - Instructs the switch to display only those messages that contain the substring which can contain up to 64 chars.
PAGE 539
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show candidates ■ show stack candidates Show the list of devices that are stack candidates. cdp ■ show cdp Usage: show cdp [neighbor [PORT-NUM] [detail]] Description: Show CDP configuration and neighbors discovered. Legend for 'capability' field of the 'show cdp neighbor' command output: R - Performs level 3 routing for at least one network layer protocol. B - Performs level 2 transparent bridging. Bs - Performs level 2 source-route bridging.
PAGE 540
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show ip client-public-key Usage: show ip client-public-key [babble|fingerprint] Description: Show currently loaded public keys for authorized clients. The 'babble' and 'fingerprint' options produce a phonetic or hexadecimal hash instead of displaying the raw key file. Next Available Options: ■ babble -- Display phonetic hash.(p. 533) ■ fingerprint -- Display hexadecimal hash.(p.
PAGE 541
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show the current web client session statistics. Next Available Option: ■ -- Specify ports for which Web Authentication information will be shown. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 525) ■ show port-access [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST authenticator clients Show the current 802.1X client session statistics. Next Available Option: ■ detailed -- Show the current 802.1X client session detailed statistics. (p.
PAGE 542
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show config ■ show access-list config Show all configured ACL's on the switch using the CLI syntax used to create them. ■ show access-list ACL-NAME config Show all configured ACL's on the switch using the CLI syntax used to create them. ■ show config Usage: show config [files | FILENAME | status] Description: Show the switch startup configuration. Parameters: o files - list switch configuration files.
PAGE 543
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Description: Show LLDP configuration information. o [ethernet] PORT-LIST - Show port configuration information. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Specify the port or list of ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ show port-access authenticator [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST config Show 802.1X authenticator configuration. ■ show port-access authenticator config Show 802.1X authenticator configuration.
PAGE 544
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show port-access [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST mac-based config Show the current configuration of MAC Authentication. Next Available Options: ■ auth-server -- Show the authentication server-related configuration items.(p. 532) ■ detailed -- Show the detailed configuration of MAC Authentication.(p. 546) ■ show port-access [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST web-based config Show the current configuration of Web Authentication.
PAGE 545
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show configuration ■ show instrumentation monitor configuration Usage: show instrumentation monitor configuration Description: show configured thresholds for monitored parameters. shows the parameter name and the configured threshold value for all parameters. If instrumenation monitoring for the particular paramter is disabled then threshold for the particular parameter is displayed as 'Not Monitored'.
PAGE 546
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Use the 'slot' argument to display CPU utilization for the specified modules, rather than the chassis CPU. Next Available Options: ■ time < 1 to 300 > -- Time (seconds) over which to average CPU utilization. (NUMBER) (p. 599) ■ slot -- Display module CPU statistics. (SLOT-ID-RANGE) (p.
PAGE 547
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show tech custom Usage: show tech [all|custom|buffers|instrumentation|mesh|route|statistics |transceivers|vrrp] Description: Display output of a predefined command sequence used by technical support. custom-port-list ■ show interfaces custom [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: show interfaces [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Show summary of network traffic handled by the ports.
PAGE 548
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show destination ■ show sflow < 1 to 3 > destination Displays information about the receiver/collector/management-station to which the sampling-polling data is sent. detail ■ show cdp neighbors detail Show neighbor information field-per-line instead of shortened table format. ■ show spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST detail Show spanning tree extended details Port, Bridge, Rx, and Tx report.
PAGE 549
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show port-access mac-based config [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST detailed Show the detailed configuration of MAC Authentication. ■ show port-access mac-based clients [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST detailed Show the connected MAC address detailed information. ■ show port-access web-based [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST config detailed Show the detailed configuration of Web Authentication.
PAGE 550
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show services details Description: Show services software information ■ show modules details Usage: show modules details Description: Show miniGBIC information device-priority ■ show qos device-priority Usage: show qos device-priority Description: Show the device priority table (priority based on the IP addresses).
PAGE 551
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ vlan -- VLAN acl ■ [no] show statistics < aclv6 > ACL-NAME vlan VLAN-ID < vlan > Supported Values: ■ vlan -- VLAN acl ■ [no] show statistics < policy > POLICY-NAME vlan VLAN-ID < in > Supported Values: ■ in -- Match inbound packets display ■ show interfaces display Usage: show interfaces [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Show summary of network traffic handled by the ports.
PAGE 552
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show elected ■ show ip pim bsr elected Show elected Bootstrap Router information. enable ■ show snmpv3 enable Show SNMPv3 status. endpoint ■ show monitor endpoint Remote mirroring destination configuration. engineid ■ show snmpv3 engineid Show switch's SNMP engineId. entries ■ show igmp-proxy entries Show all the currently active IGMP proxy entries. event_class ■ show logging Specify substring to match in log entry. See 'log help' for details.
PAGE 553
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ router-id -- Show LSAs with the specified Router ID only. (IP-ADDR) (p. 587) ■ sequence-number -- Show LSAs with the specified sequence number only.(p. 589) fan-pref-airflow-dir ■ show system fan-pref-airflow-dir Usage: show system fan-pref-airflow-dir Description: Shows the user configured fan preferred airflow direction. fans ■ show system fans Usage: show system fans Description: Show system fan status.
PAGE 554
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show filter ■ show filter Usage: show filter [INDEX] Description: Show a table of security filters or a filter detailed information, if the filter's INDEX is specified. Next Available Options: ■ INDEX -- Show detailed information for the filter identified by the INDEX. The indices are displayed by the 'show filter' command.(p. 557) ■ source-port -- (p. 592) fingerprint ■ show crypto client-public-key fingerprint Display hexadecimal hash.
PAGE 555
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show front-panel-security ■ show front-panel-security Usage: show front-panel-security Description: Show current security status of the front panel butons. If 'password-clear' is disabled, the password(s) cannot be reset using the clear button on the front panel of the device. If 'factoryreset' is disabled, the configuation/password(s) can not be reset using the clear and reset button combination at boot time.
PAGE 556
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Supported Values: ■ ManagerPriv -- Require privacy and authentication, can access all objects. ■ ManagerAuth -- Require authentication, can access all objects. ■ OperatorAuth -- Requires authentication, limited access to objects. ■ OperatorNoAuth -- No authentication required, limited access to objects. ■ ComManagerRW -- Community with manager and unrestricted write access. ■ ComManagerR -- Community with manager and restricted write access.
PAGE 557
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show helper-address ■ show ip helper-address Usage: show ip helper-address [vlan ] Description: Show DHCP servers where DHCP requests received by the switch are to be forwarded. Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Specify a vlan for which to show server addresses. (VLAN-ID) (p. 603) history ■ show history Usage: show history Description: Show previously entered commands.
PAGE 558
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ fingerprint -- Display hexadecimal hash.(p. 552) icmp ■ show ip icmp Usage: show ip icmp Description: Show ICMP Rate Limiting settings. ■ show rate-limit icmp Show only limits for icmp traffic. Next Available Options: ■ port-list -- Specify ports for which information will be shown. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ detailed -- Show Inbound Radius Override details.(p.
PAGE 559
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Show IGMP operational information for the VLAN specified. (VLAN-ID) (p. 603) ■ config -- Show IGMP configuration information.(p. 540) ■ group -- Show ports the specified multicast group address is registered on. (IP-ADDR) (p. 553) igmp-proxy ■ show igmp-proxy Usage: show igmp-proxy Description: Show active/configured IGMP proxy forwarder information.
PAGE 560
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show the spanning tree instance information. Next Available Options: ■ ist -- Show the information for the internal spanning tree (IST) instance.(p. 563) ■ MSTID < 1 to 16 > -- Spanning tree instance ID for which to show the information.(p. 572) ■ show spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST instance Show spanning tree instance status information. Next Available Options: ■ ist -- Show the information for the internal spanning tree (IST) instance.(p.
PAGE 561
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Range: < 0 to 16 > instrumentation ■ show instrumentation Usage: show instrumentation Description: Show internal version-dependant counters for debugging. This data is for factory troubleshooting purposes. The data displayed is dependent on which version of code is running. Data is maintained for the current 5 minutes, hour, and day.
PAGE 562
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show ip rip interface Usage: show ip rip interface [IP-ADDR|vlan VLAN-ID] Description: Show RIP interfaces' information. Invoked without parameters shows all RIP interfaces configured. If the 'IP-ADDR' or the VLAN is specified detailed information for the interface determined through the parameter is shown. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Specify VLAN of the interface for which to show detailed information. (VLAN-ID) (p.
PAGE 563
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ port-list -- Show summary of network traffic handled by the ports ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) ■ config -- Show configuration information(p. 540) ■ display -- Show summary of network traffic handled by the ports(p. 549) ■ brief -- Show the ports' operational parameters(p. 535) ■ port-utilization -- Show the ports' bandwidth-utilization(p. 581) ■ custom -- Show the ports' parameters in customized order(p.
PAGE 564
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show IP-ADDR ■ show ip mroute IP-ADDR Usage: show ip mroute [GRP-ADDR SRC-ADDR] Description: Show detailed information for the specified entry from the IP multicast routing table. GRP-ADDR is the IP multicast group address and SRC-ADDR is the source IP address of the entry. Next Available Option: ■ IP-ADDR -- Specify the source IP address of the MRT entry. (IP-ADDR) (p. 562) ■ show ip mroute IP-ADDR IP-ADDR Specify the source IP address of the MRT entry.
PAGE 565
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show routers -- Show the IPv6 Router table entries(p. 587) route -- Show the IPv6 routing table(p. 587) nd -- Show the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery settings(p. 573) mld -- Invoked without any parameters, shows per-VLAN MLD status, or, if VLANs are disabled displays the global MLD status(p. 570) ■ neighbors -- Displays information on the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache(p. 573) ■ authorized-managers -- Show IPV6 addresses allowed to manage the switch(p.
PAGE 566
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show the information for the internal spanning tree (IST) instance. ■ show spanning-tree root-history ist Show IST Regional Root changes history. jumbos ■ show jumbos Usage: show max-frame-size Description: Show the untagged Max frame size for the switch. This value will be effective only when Jumbo is enabled. key-chain ■ show key-chain Usage: show key-chain [CHAN-NAME-STR] Description: Display key chains.
PAGE 567
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show lacp ■ show lacp Usage: show lacp Description: Show status of LACP trunks. Next Available Option: ■ distributed -- Show distributed lacp of local and remote switch(p. 549) learned ■ show ip pim rp-set learned Show RP-Set information learned from the BSR. licenses ■ show licenses Usage: show licenses [uninstalled] Description: Display license status for premium features.
PAGE 568
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ area-id -- Show LSAs for the specified area only. (OSPF-AREA-ID) (p. 530) ■ advertise -- Show each LSA as a stream of bytes in hexadecimal notation.(p. 529) ■ link-state-id -- Show LSAs with the specified ID only. (IP-ADDR) (p. 566) ■ router-id -- Show LSAs with the specified Router ID only. (IP-ADDR) (p. 587) ■ sequence-number -- Show LSAs with the specified sequence number only.(p.
PAGE 569
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show lockout-mac Description: Show the MAC addresses that have been locked out of the network. logging ■ show logging Usage: show logging [-a|-r|-m|-p|-w|-i|-d|substring ...] Description: Display log events. -a - Instructs the switch to display all recorded log events, which includes events from previous boot cycles. -r - Instructs the switch to display recorded log events in reverse order (most recent first).
PAGE 570
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show mac-address ■ show mac-address Usage: show mac-address [[ethernet] PORT-LIST|vlan VLAN-ID|MAC-ADDR] Description: Show MAC addresses the switch has learned. You can display addresses learned on a particular port, a PORT-LIST, a VLAN-ID, or a particular MAC address. Next Available Options: ■ address-table-port -- Show MAC addresses learned on the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 528) ■ vlan -- Show MAC addresses learned on the specified VLAN.
PAGE 571
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show of MAC Authentication is shown. If 'auth-server' keyword has been specified then the authentication server-related configuration items are shown. If PORT-LIST and 'detail' keyword has been specified then the detailed configuration of MAC Authentication for the specified ports is shown. If 'clients' keyword has been specified then the connected MAC address information is shown.
PAGE 572
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show mld ■ show ipv6 mld Usage: show ipv6 mld [config|group IPV6-ADDR|VLAN-ID [config]] Description: Invoked without any parameters, shows per-VLAN MLD status, or, if VLANs are disabled displays the global MLD status. When followed by the 'config' keyword, shows MLD global configuration information. VLAN-ID can be used to get operational and configuration information for a particular VLAN, if VLAN support is enabled.
PAGE 573
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show monitor Description: Show the switch network monitoring status and configuration, if network monitoring is enabled. Next Available Options: ■ mirror_session_id < 1 to 4 > -- Mirror destination number.(p. 569) ■ name -- Mirror destination name.(p. 572) ■ endpoint -- Remote mirroring destination configuration.(p. 550) motd ■ show banner motd Usage: show banner motd Description: show the configured banner text.
PAGE 574
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show msti ■ show spanning-tree root-history msti < 1 to 16 > Show MSTI Regional Root changes history. Range: < 1 to 16 > MSTID ■ show spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST config instance < 1 to 16 > Spanning tree instance ID for which to show the information. Range: < 1 to 16 > ■ show spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST instance < 1 to 16 > Spanning tree instance ID for which to show the information.
PAGE 575
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show policy NAME Enter policy name. nd ■ show ipv6 nd Usage: show ipv6 nd Description: Show the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery settings. neighbor ■ show ip ospf neighbor Usage: show ip ospf neighbor [IP-ADDR] Description: Show all OSPF neighbors in the locality of of the device. The 'IP-ADDR' can be specified to retrieve detailed information for the specific neighbor only. Next Available Option: ■ neighbor-ip -- (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 576
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Displays information on the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache(p. 603) neighbors-port ■ show cdp neighbors [ETHERNET] PORT-NUM Show CDP neighbors on specified port only. notify ■ show snmpv3 notify Show SNMPv3 notification table. Next Available Option: ■ NOTIFY-NAME -- Show a specific notification entry. (ASCII-STR) (p. 574) NOTIFY-NAME ■ show snmpv3 notify NOTIFY-NAME Show a specific notification entry.
PAGE 577
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ spf-log -- List the OSPF SPF(Shortes Path First Algorithm) run count for all OSPF areas and last ten Reasons for running SPF(p. 593) ■ statistics -- List OSPF packet statistics( OSPF sent,recieved and error packet count) of all OSPF enabled interfaces(p. 594) ■ area -- Show OSPF areas configured on the device(p. 529) ■ external-link-state -- Show the Link State Advertisements from throughout the areas to which the device is attached(p.
PAGE 578
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show peer-ip ■ show ip rip peer IP-ADDR Specify IP address of the RIP peer to show. pending ■ show ip pim pending Show (*,G) and (S,G) Join Pending Information. ■ show spanning-tree pending Usage: show spanning-tree pending ... Description: Show spanning tree pending configuration. Use 'show spanning-tree pending ?' to see a list of all available options. Next Available Options: ■ mst-config -- Show multiple spanning tree pending region configuration.(p.
PAGE 579
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show policy-name ■ show statistics < policy > POLICY-NAME Enter the name of acl/policy. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Enter the statistics vlan. (VLAN-ID) (p. 603) ■ port -- Enter the statistics port. ([ethernet] PORT-NUM) (p. 577) port ■ show instrumentation cam port Usage: show instrumentation [] [port|vlan ] Description: Show internal version-dependant counters for debugging for thespecified port or vlan number.
PAGE 580
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ authenticator -- Show 802(p. 531) ■ supplicant -- Show 802(p. 596) ■ mac-based -- Show MAC Authentication statistics and configuration(p. 568) ■ web-based -- Show Web Authentication statistics and configuration(p. 609) ■ -- Show Web/MAC Authentication statistics and configuration ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 525) ■ config -- Show status of 802.1X, Web Auth, and MAC Auth configurations. (p.
PAGE 581
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Description: Show names assigned to the ports. If the PORT-LIST is not specified the default is to list all of the ports. ■ show port-security [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: show port-security [intrusion-log|[ethernet] PORT-LIST] Description: Show a table describing port security settings. o intrusion-log - Show the intrusion log records. o PORT-LIST - Show detailed information on particular ports in the PORT-LIST specified.
PAGE 582
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports. ■ show spanning-tree pvst-filter [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports. ■ show spanning-tree pvst-protection [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports. ■ show trunks [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Show the trunk information only for the ports specified.
PAGE 583
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show VLANs that have at least one port from the 'PORT-LIST' as a member. Next Available Option: ■ detail -- Display more info for each port from the 'PORT-LIST' separately.(p. 546) ■ show svlans ports [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Show VLANs that have at least one port from the 'PORT-LIST' as a member. Next Available Option: ■ detail -- Display more info for each port from the 'PORT-LIST' separately.(p.
PAGE 584
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show power-supply ■ show system power-supply Usage: show system power-supply Description: Show Chassis Power Supply info and settings. protocol-priority ■ show qos protocol-priority Usage: show qos protocol Description: Show the protocol priority. pvst-filter ■ show spanning-tree pvst-filter Show spanning tree PVST filter status information. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Limit the port information printed to the set of the specified ports.
PAGE 585
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show protocol-priority -- Show the protocol priority(p. 582) tcp-udp-port-priority -- Show TCP/UDP port priorities(p. 598) type-of-service -- Show QoS priorities based on IP Type-of-Service(p. 601) vlan-priority -- Show the VLAN-based priority table(p. 607) resources -- Show the qos resources(p. 585) queue-config -- Displays outbound port queues configuration information. (p.
PAGE 586
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ authentication -- Show RADIUS authentication statistics(p. 531) ■ accounting -- Show RADIUS accounting statistics(p. 528) ■ dyn-authorization -- Show RADIUS dynamic authorization statistics(p. 549) ■ host -- Show statistics information for the RADIUS host (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 587
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show ip rip redistribute Description: List protocols which are being redistributed into RIP. redundancy ■ show redundancy Usage: show redundancy Description: Display redundant information for Management and Fabric Modules. remote-device ■ show lldp info remote-device Show LLDP remote device information. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Show remote or local device information for the specified ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 588
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show restrict ■ show ip ospf restrict Usage: show ip ospf restrict Description: List routes which will not be redistributed via OSPF. ■ show ip rip restrict Usage: show ip rip restrict Description: List routes which will not be redistributed via RIP. restricted-access ■ show snmpv3 restricted-access Show SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c access properties. rip ■ show ip rip Usage: show ip rip [command] Description: Show RIP operational and configuration information.
PAGE 589
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Options: ■ cst -- Show CST Root changes history.(p. 544) ■ ist -- Show IST Regional Root changes history.(p. 563) ■ msti < 1 to 16 > -- Show MSTI Regional Root changes history. (NUMBER) (p. 572) route ■ show ip route Usage: show ip route [IP-ADDR] [static|connected|rip|ospf] Description: Show the IP routing table. The output may be restricted to a specific destination or type of route.
PAGE 590
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show ipv6 routers vlan Description: Show the IPv6 Router table entries. Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Show the IPv6 Router Table Entries for VLAN.(p. 603) rp-candidate ■ show ip pim rp-candidate Usage: show ip pim rp-candidate [config] Description: Show Candidate-RP operational and configuration information. When invoked without parameter shows current operational status of the Candidate-RP.
PAGE 591
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show sampling-polling ■ show sflow < 1 to 3 > sampling-polling Displays information about sampling and polling. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Displays information about sampling and polling. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) savepower ■ show savepower Usage: show savepower Description: Shows the user configured block power status. sec-model ■ show snmpv3 access-rights < ManagerPriv | ManagerAuth | OperatorAuth | ... > sec-model Set security model.
PAGE 592
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show o - Display summary table for the specified slot. o details - Display application information for the specified slot. Next Available Option: ■ services -- Show services information (SLOT-ID) (p. 589) ■ show services SLOT-ID Usage: show services [ [details]] Description: Show services information. Parameters: o - Display summary table for the specified slot.
PAGE 593
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ receiver-index < 1 to 3 > -- Select one of the three possible sFlow receiver tables. (NUMBER) (p. 584) slave_time ■ show cpu slot SLOT-ID-RANGE < 1 to 90 > Time (seconds) over which to average CPU utilization. Range: < 1 to 90 > slot ■ show cpu slot SLOT-ID-RANGE Display module CPU statistics. Next Available Option: ■ slave_time < 1 to 90 > -- Time (seconds) over which to average CPU utilization. (NUMBER) (p.
PAGE 594
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ show community -- Show SNMPv3 Community table. (p. 539) enable -- Show SNMPv3 status. (p. 550) engineid -- Show switch's SNMP engineId. (p. 550) group -- Show SNMPv3 User to Group mappings. (p. 553) notify -- Show SNMPv3 notification table. (p. 574) only -- Show SNMP message reception policy. (p. 574) params -- Show SNMPv3 Target Parameters table. (p. 575) restricted-access -- Show SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c access properties. (p.
PAGE 595
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show [detail] show spanning-tree [mst-config] | [config [instance ]] | [root-history >] | [debug-counters [instance ] | [ports ]] Description: Show spanning tree information. When executed without parameters, the command shows spanning tree status information. If PORT-LIST is specified, the command shows spanning tree status information only for the ports listed.
PAGE 596
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Description: Show the stack status of this switch. The 'candidate' and 'view' commands are available on the stack commander only. o candidates - show the list of devices that are stack candidates. o view - show the list of devices that are stack members. o all - show information about all the stacks available on the LAN. Next Available Options: ■ candidates -- Show the list of devices that are stack candidates.(p.
PAGE 597
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show link-keepalive statistics show detailed statistics for all link-keepalive enabled ports. ■ show port-access authenticator [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST statistics Show authentication sessions statistics for 802.1X authenticator. ■ show port-access authenticator statistics Show authentication sessions statistics for 802.1X authenticator. ■ show port-access supplicant statistics Show authentication sessions statistics for 802.1X supplicant.
PAGE 598
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show stats ■ show dhcp-snooping stats Display DHCP snooping events. ■ show lldp stats Usage: show lldp stats [[ethernet] PORT-LIST] Description: Show LLDP statistics. o [ethernet] PORT-LIST - Show statistics for the specified ports . Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Specify the port or list of ports. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 578) status ■ show config status Check if the running configuration differs from the statup configuration.
PAGE 599
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show svlans ■ show svlans Usage: show vlans [VLAN-ID|ports [ethernet] PORT-LIST] Description: Show status information for all VLANs. If a 'VLAN-ID' is specified, shows the ports that are currently members of the VLAN identified by the 'VLAN-ID'. If a 'PORT-LIST' is specified, shows all the VLANs of which at least one port in the 'PORT-LIST' is a member. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Show detailed VLAN information for the VLAN with the ID supplied. (VLAN-ID) (p.
PAGE 600
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show tcp-udp-port-priority ■ show qos tcp-udp-port-priority Usage: show qos tcp-udp-port-priority Description: Show TCP/UDP port priorities. tech ■ show tech Usage: show tech [all|custom|buffers|instrumentation|mesh|route|statistics |transceivers|vrrp] Description: Display output of a predefined command sequence used by technical support. Next Available Options: ■ all -- Display output of a predefined command sequence used by technical support(p.
PAGE 601
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show throttled-hosts ■ show connection-rate-filter throttled-hosts Show throttled IP addresses. time ■ show cpu < 1 to 300 > Time (seconds) over which to average CPU utilization. Range: < 1 to 300 > ■ show time Usage: show time Description: Show current date and time. timep ■ show timep Usage: show timep Description: Show configured time protocol and servers.
PAGE 602
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show spanning-tree traps Show spanning tree trap information. trunks ■ show trunks Usage: show trunks [[ethernet] PORT-LIST] Description: Show a list of ports and the trunks to which they belong. If a PORT-LIST is supplied the command shows only the ports specified. Next Available Option: ■ port-list -- Show the trunk information only for the ports specified. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 603
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show statistics < aclv6 > Supported Values: ■ aclv6 -- Ipv6 acl. Next Available Option: ■ acl-name -- Enter the name of acl/policy. (ASCII-STR) (p. 528) ■ show statistics < policy > Supported Values: ■ policy -- QoS/Mirror policy. Next Available Option: ■ policy-name -- Enter the name of acl/policy. (ASCII-STR) (p. 577) type-of-service ■ show qos type-of-service Usage: show qos type-of-service Description: Show QoS priorities based on IP Type-of-Service.
PAGE 604
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Next Available Option: ■ USER-NAME -- Show a specific user. (ASCII-STR) (p. 602) USER-NAME ■ show snmpv3 user USER-NAME Show a specific user. ver1-2c ■ show snmpv3 access-rights < ManagerPriv | ManagerAuth | OperatorAuth | ... > sec-model < ver1 | ver2c > Configure SNMPv3 User entry. Supported Values: ■ ver1 -- SNMP version 1 security model. ■ ver2c -- SNMP version 2c security model.
PAGE 605
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show the list of devices that are stack members. VIEW-NAME ■ show snmpv3 view VIEW-NAME Set view name. Next Available Option: ■ SUB-TREE -- Set the OID of the tree. (ASCII-STR) (p. 596) virtual-link ■ show ip ospf virtual-link Usage: show ip ospf virtual-link [IP-ADDR] [area OSPF-AREA-ID] Description: Show status of all OSPF virtual links configured. The 'IP-ADDR' can be specified to display detailed information for a particular virtual neighbor.
PAGE 606
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show ■ show dhcp-relay bootp-gateway vlan Show the configured BOOTP Gateway for VLAN. Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- (VLAN-ID) (p. 603) ■ show dhcp-relay bootp-gateway vlan VLAN-ID ■ show instrumentation cam vlan Usage: show instrumentation [] [port|vlan ] Description: Show internal version-dependant counters for debugging for thespecified port or vlan number.
PAGE 607
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Specify VLAN of the interface for which to show detailed information. ■ show ipv6 vlan Usage: show ipv6 vlan [VLAN-ID] Description: Show IPv6 status information for all VLANs. If a 'VLAN-ID' is specified, shows the ports that are currently members of the VLAN identified by the 'VLAN-ID'. Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Show IPv6 information for the VLAN with the ID supplied. (VLAN-ID) (p.
PAGE 608
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Show authorized and unauthorized vlans for 802.1X authenticator. ■ show port-access [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST authenticator vlan Show authorized and unauthorized vlans for 802.1X authenticator. ■ show vlans VLAN-ID Show detailed VLAN information for the VLAN with the ID supplied. ■ show svlans VLAN-ID Show detailed VLAN information for the VLAN with the ID supplied. ■ show vrrp vlan Show VRRP information for a VLAN.
PAGE 609
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show VLAN-ID ■ show ip mroute interface VLAN-ID Specify the VLAN ID of the IP multicast routing interface to show. ■ show ip pim interface VLAN-ID Specify the VLAN ID of the PIM interface to show. ■ show vrrp vlan VLAN-ID Specify VLAN for which to display VRRP information. Next Available Options: ■ config -- Show VRRP configuration information for the VLAN. (p. 540) ■ statistics -- Show VRRP statistics information for the VLAN. (p.
PAGE 610
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show If a 'VLAN-ID' is specified, shows the ports that are currently members of the VLAN identified by the 'VLAN-ID'. If a 'PORT-LIST' is specified, shows all the VLANs of which at least one port in the 'PORT-LIST' is a member. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Show detailed VLAN information for the VLAN with the ID supplied. (VLAN-ID) (p. 603) ■ ports -- Show VLANs that have at least one port from the 'PORT-LIST' as a member. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 611
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show vrrp [...] Description: Show VRRP configuration and statistics information. Next Available Options: ■ config -- Show VRRP configuration information for the device(p. 540) ■ statistics -- Show VRRP statistics information for the device(p. 594) ■ vlan -- Show VRRP information for a VLAN. (p. 603) ■ tracked-entities -- Show VRRP tracked entity information(p.
PAGE 612
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show If 'auth-server' keyword has been specified then the authentication server-related configuration items are shown. If 'web-server' keyword has been specified then the web server-related configuration items are shown. If PORT-LIST and 'detail' keyword has been specified then the detailed configuration of Web Authentication for the specified ports is shown. If 'clients' keyword has been specified then the current client session statistics is shown.
PAGE 613
Command Line Interface Reference Guide show Usage: show wireless-services vlans show wireless-services show wireless-services [radio-ports|uplinks] Description: Show wireless-services information. Parameters: o vlans - Display all radio-port VLANs. o - Display summary table for the specified slot. o radio-ports - Display radio-ports associated with the specified slot. o uplinks - Display uplink-ports associated with the specified slot.
PAGE 614
snmp-server OVERVIEW Category: SNMP Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) Usage: snmp-server [contact ASCII-STR] [location ASCII-STR] [no] snmp-server community ASCII-STR [manager|operator] [restricted|unrestricted] [no] snmp-server host IP-ADDR COMMUNITY-STR [none|debug|all|not-info|critical] [no] snmp-server enable [no] snmp-server enable traps ...
PAGE 615
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server administrator. o location ASCII-STR - Up to 48 characters. Description of the switch location. o community ASCII-STR - Enter up to 32 characters to name an SNMP community. o - manager - the community can access all MIB objects; operator (default) - the community can access all except the CONFIG MIB.
PAGE 616
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ snmp-server ■ informs -- Specify if informs will be sent, rather than notifications. (p. 618) ■ retries < 0 to 255 > -- Specify the number of retries for informs. (p. 620) ■ timeout < 1 to 21474836 > -- Specify the interval between retries for informs, in seconds. (NUMBER) (p. 620) ■ address_ipv6 -- IPv6 address of SNMP notification host. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 615) ■ community -- Name of the SNMP community (up to 32 characters). (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 617
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server address_ipv6 ■ snmp-server host IPV6-ADDR IPv6 address of SNMP notification host. Next Available Options: ■ community -- Name of the SNMP community (up to 32 characters). (ASCII-STR) (p. 615) ■ informs -- Specify if informs will be sent, rather than notifications.(p. 618) ■ events < None | Debug | All | ... > -- (p. 616) arp-protect ■ [no] snmp-server enable traps arp-protect Traps for Dynamic ARP Protection.
PAGE 618
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server contact ■ snmp-server contact CONTACT Name of the switch administrator. dhcp-snooping ■ [no] snmp-server enable traps dhcp-snooping Traps for DHCP-Snooping. dst-ip-of-request ■ snmp-server response-source dst-ip-of-request Destination Ip address of the snmp request pdu will be used as the source ip address in the snmp response pdu.
PAGE 619
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server Disables SNMP support for the hpSwitchAuthentication MIB. extended ■ [no] snmp-server enable traps snmp-authentication extended Send traps for Extended Authentication failures. host ■ [no] snmp-server host Usage: [no] snmp-server host IP-ADDR COMMUNITY-STR [none|debug|all|not-info|critical] [informs [retries RETRY-COUNT] [timeout TIMEOUT]] Description: Define SNMP traps and their receivers.
PAGE 620
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server Description: Enable/Disable SNMP support for the hpSwitchAuthentication MIB. When the MIB access is enabled, Manager read/write access to the MIB is permitted. Operator read/write access to the MIB is always denied. For security reasons, network administrators are encouraged to disable SNMPV2c before using the MIB. Next Available Options: ■ included -- Enables SNMP support for the hpSwitchAuthentication MIB.(p.
PAGE 621
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server Description of the switch location. login-failure-mgr ■ [no] snmp-server enable traps login-failure-mgr Traps for management interface login failure. loopback ■ snmp-server response-source loopback < 0 to 7 > For the specified loopback interface, lexicographically minimum configured ip address will be used as the source ip address in the snmp response pdu.
PAGE 622
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server Description: Specify the source ip-address policy for the response pdu. By default snmp response pdu will contain the ip address of the active interface on which response will be sent. The default behavior is in compliance to rfc-1517. The no form of the command will revert to default behavior. IP-ADDR dst-ip-of-request loopback 0-7 -- ip-address specified will be used as the source ip address in the snmp response pdu.
PAGE 623
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server Range: < 1 to 21474836 > ■ snmp-server host IPV6-ADDR informs timeout < 1 to 21474836 > Specify the interval between retries for informs, in seconds.
PAGE 624
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmp-server view ■ [no] snmp-server community COMMUNITY < Operator | Manager > Usage: [no] snmp-server community ASCII-STR [manager|operator] [restricted|unrestricted] Description: Add/delete SNMP community. Parameters: o community ASCII-STR - Enter up to 32 characters to name an SNMP community. o - manager - the community can access all MIB objects; operator (default) - the community can access all except the CONFIG MIB.
PAGE 625
snmpv3 OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show snmpv3 (page 591) show snmp-server (page 591) Usage: [no] snmpv3 Description: Configure SNMPv3 features.
PAGE 626
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 ■ tagvalue -- Set tag value that selects entries in the snmpTargetAddr table. (ASCII-STR) (p. 632) ■ [no] snmpv3 only -- Accept only SNMP v3 messages. (p. 629) ■ [no] snmpv3 params -- Configure SNMPv3 Target Parameter entry. (ASCII-STR) (p. 629) ■ user -- Set user that the switch will send messages on behalf. (ASCII-STR) (p. 632) ■ sec-model -- Set security model. (p. 631) ■ sec-model12c < ver1 | ver2c > -- Configure SNMPv3 User entry. (p.
PAGE 627
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 COMMAND DETAILS addr-mask (p. 625) auth (p. 625) authpassword (p. 625) authprotocol (p. 625) community (p. 626) enable (p. 626) engineid (p. 626) filter (p. 626) group (p. 627) index (p. 627) ipaddr (p. 627) ipv6addr (p. 627) max-msg-size (p. 628) message-processing (p. 628) name (p. 628) notify (p. 628) only (p. 629) params (p. 629) port-mask (p. 629) priv (p. 629) privpassword (p. 630) privprotocol (p. 630) restricted-access (p. 630) retries (p.
PAGE 628
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 Set authentication protocol. Supported Values: ■ MD5 -- Set the authentication protocol to md5. ■ SHA -- Set the authentication protocol to sha. Next Available Option: ■ authpassword -- Set authentication password. (ASCII-STR) (p. 625) community ■ [no] snmpv3 community Configure SNMPv3 Community entry. Next Available Option: ■ index -- Set community index. (ASCII-STR) (p. 627) enable ■ [no] snmpv3 enable Enable SNMPv3.
PAGE 629
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 group ■ [no] snmpv3 group < ManagerPriv | ManagerAuth | OperatorAuth | ... > Configure SNMPv3 User to Group entry. Supported Values: ■ ManagerPriv -- Require privacy and authentication, can access all objects. ■ ManagerAuth -- Require authentication, can access all objects. ■ OperatorAuth -- Requires authentication, limited access to objects. ■ OperatorNoAuth -- No authentication required, limited access to objects.
PAGE 630
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ snmpv3 max-msg-size < 484 to 65535 > -- Set maximum message size value; default is 1472. (p. 628) port-mask -- Set range of udp ports with this mask. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 629) retries < 0 to 255 > -- Set retries value; default is 3. (p. 630) timeout < 0 to 2147483647 > -- Set time-out value; default is 1500. (p. 632) taglist -- Set list of values used to select this entry from snmpNotifyTable. (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 631
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 Next Available Option: ■ tagvalue -- Set tag value that selects entries in the snmpTargetAddr table. (ASCII-STR) (p. 632) only ■ [no] snmpv3 only Accept only SNMP v3 messages. params ■ [no] snmpv3 params PARAMS Configure SNMPv3 Target Parameter entry. Next Available Option: ■ user -- Set user that the switch will send messages on behalf. (ASCII-STR) (p. 632) ■ snmpv3 targetaddress TARGETADDRESS params PARAMS Set parameter name.
PAGE 632
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 privpassword ■ snmpv3 user USERNAME auth AUTHPASSWORD priv PRIVPASSWORD Set Privacy password. ■ snmpv3 user USERNAME auth AUTHPASSWORD priv < DES | AES > PRIVPASSWORD Set Privacy password. ■ snmpv3 user USERNAME auth < MD5 | SHA > AUTHPASSWORD priv PRIVPASSWORD Set Privacy password. ■ snmpv3 user USERNAME auth < MD5 | SHA > AUTHPASSWORD priv < DES | AES > PRIVPASSWORD Set Privacy password.
PAGE 633
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 ■ snmpv3 targetaddress TARGETADDRESS params PARAMS IPV6-ADDR retries < 0 to 255 > Set retries value; default is 3. Range: < 0 to 255 > sec-model ■ [no] snmpv3 group < ManagerPriv | ManagerAuth | OperatorAuth | ... > user USER sec-model < ver1 | ver2c | ver3 > Set security model to be used. Supported Values: ■ ver1 -- SNMP version 1 security model. ■ ver2c -- SNMP version v2c security model. ■ ver3 -- SNMP version 3 security model.
PAGE 634
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 Set list of values used to select this entry from snmpNotifyTable. ■ snmpv3 targetaddress TARGETADDRESS params PARAMS IPV6-ADDR taglist TAGLIST Set list of values used to select this entry from snmpNotifyTable. tagvalue ■ snmpv3 notify NOTIFY tagvalue TAGVALUE Set tag value that selects entries in the snmpTargetAddr table. targetaddress ■ [no] snmpv3 targetaddress TARGETADDRESS Configure SNMPv3 Target Address entry.
PAGE 635
Command Line Interface Reference Guide snmpv3 Next Available Option: ■ sec-model -- Set security model. (p. 631) ■ [no] snmpv3 user Configure SNMPv3 User entry. Next Available Option: ■ username -- Set authentication paramaters. (ASCII-STR) (p. 633) username ■ snmpv3 user USERNAME Set authentication paramaters. Next Available Option: ■ auth -- Set authentication paramaters. (p. 625) ver3 ■ snmpv3 params PARAMS user USER sec-model ver3 SNMP version 3 security model.
PAGE 636
sntp OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands show sntp (page 592) timesync (page 689) Usage: [no] sntp [broadcast|unicast] [no] sntp server priority [version] sntp poll-interval <30-720> Description: Configure the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). The first version of the command specifies whether the switch operates in broadcast or unicast mode. If no mode is specified then the mode defaults to broadcast.
PAGE 637
Command Line Interface Reference Guide sntp ipaddr ■ [no] sntp server priority < 1 to 3 > IP-ADDR SNTP server IPv4 address. Next Available Option: ■ version < 1 to 7 > -- Version of the SNTP server.(p. 635) ipv6addr ■ [no] sntp server priority < 1 to 3 > IPV6-ADDR SNTP server IPv6 address. Next Available Option: ■ version < 1 to 7 > -- Version of the SNTP server.(p.
PAGE 638
Command Line Interface Reference Guide sntp Version of the SNTP server. Range: < 1 to 7 > ■ sntp server priority < 1 to 3 > IPV6-ADDR < 1 to 7 > Version of the SNTP server. Range: < 1 to 7 > © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 639
spanning-tree OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands show spanning-tree (page 592) Usage: [no] spanning-tree [[ethernet] PORT-LIST ...] [pending ...] [instance ...
PAGE 640
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree o priority <0-15> or <0-65535> (default is 32768 and step 8 respectively) The device priority - used along with the switch MAC address to determine which device is the root. If 802.1w or 802.1s STP version is set, then the range of 0-61440 is divided into steps of 4096. These steps are numbered from 0 to 15. o config-name ASCII-STR (default is switch's MAC address) - The name of the MST region configuration identifier.
PAGE 641
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ spanning-tree ■ ist -- Configure internal spanning tree (IST) instance. (p. 644) ■ port-list -- Configure internal spanning tree (IST) instance ports parameters ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 648) ■ path-cost -- Set the internal port pathcost for the IST (default is 'auto'). (p. 646) ■ auto -- Use dynamic method of selecting a value for the path cost. (p. 641) ■ path-cost < 1 to 200000000 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value. (p.
PAGE 642
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ spanning-tree ■ mcheck -- Force the port to transmit RST BPDUs. (p. 645) ■ path-cost -- Set port's path cost value. (p. 646) ■ auto -- Use dynamic method of selecting a value for the path cost. (p. 641) ■ path-cost < 1 to 200000000 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value. (p. 646) ■ path-cost < 1 to 65535 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value. (p. 646) ■ point-to-point-mac < True | False | Auto > -- Set the administrative point-to-point status.
PAGE 643
Command Line Interface Reference Guide config-revision (p. 642) force-version (p. 642) forward-delay (p. 643) global (p. 643) spanning-tree MSTID (p. 645) path-cost (p. 646) pending (p. 647) point-to-point-mac (p. 648) vlan (p. 653) VLAN-ID-RANGE (p. 653) admin-edge-port ■ [no] spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST admin-edge-port Set the administrative edge port status. apply ■ spanning-tree pending apply Apply pending MSTP configuration (swaps active and pending configuratons).
PAGE 644
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree Range: < 0 to 65535 > clear-debug-counters ■ spanning-tree clear-debug-counters Clear spanning tree debug counters. Next Available Options: ■ instance < 0 to 16 > -- Clear spanning tree instance debug counters. (NUMBER) (p. 643) ■ ports -- Clear spanning tree port(s) debug counters. ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 651) config-name ■ [no] spanning-tree config-name Set the MST region configuration name (default is switch's MAC address).
PAGE 645
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree ■ RSTP-operation -- The protocol operates as Rapid STP on all ports except those ports where a system that is using 802.1d Spanning Tree has been detected. ■ spanning-tree force-version < STP-compatible | RSTP-operation | MSTP-operation > Set Spanning Tree protocol compatibility mode. Supported Values: ■ STP-compatible -- The protocol operates as STP on all ports.
PAGE 646
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree must have at least one VLAN mapped to it. The VLANs unmapped from other instances are automatically mapped to the IST instance. Only IST VLANs can be directly mapped to other instances. When VLANs are mapped to an instance they are automatically unmapped from the instance they were mapped to before. Any MSTP instance can have all the VLANs configured in the switch. The second form of the command deletes an instance. The IST instance cannot be deleted.
PAGE 647
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree 'spanning-tree legacy-mode' is the equivalent of executing: spanning-tree legacy-path-cost spanning-tree force-version stp-compatible 'no spanning-tree legacy-mode' is the equivalent of executing: no spanning-tree legacy-path-cost spanning-tree force-version mstp-operation legacy-path-cost ■ [no] spanning-tree legacy-path-cost Set 802.1D (legacy) or 802.1t (not legacy) default pathcost values.
PAGE 648
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree ■ [no] spanning-tree pending instance < 1 to 16 > ID of the MST instance to configure. Range: < 1 to 16 > Next Available Option: ■ vlan -- Configure VLANs for the MST instance.(p. 653) path-cost ■ spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST path-cost Set port's path cost value. Next Available Options: ■ path-cost < 1 to 200000000 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value.(p. 646) ■ path-cost < 1 to 65535 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value.(p.
PAGE 649
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree Next Available Options: ■ path-cost < 1 to 200000000 > -- Set port's path cost to the fixed value.(p. 646) ■ auto -- Use dynamic method of selecting a value for the path cost.(p. 641) ■ spanning-tree instance ist [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST path-cost < 1 to 200000000 > Set port's path cost to the fixed value.
PAGE 650
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree point-to-point-mac ■ spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST point-to-point-mac < True | False | Auto > Set the administrative point-to-point status. Supported Values: ■ True -- Treat the port as if it is connected to a point-to-point LAN segment. ■ False -- Treat the port as if it is connected to a non-point-to-point LAN segment. ■ Auto -- Determine automatically status of the segment connected to the port.
PAGE 651
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree If enabled, this takes precendence over the pvst-filter configuration for a port. o root-guard - Applies only to MSTP. If TRUE causes the port not to be selected as Root Port for the CIST or any MSTI. o tcn-guard - Applies only to MSTP. If TRUE causes the port not to propagate received topology notifications and topology changes to other ports.
PAGE 652
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree Usage: spanning-tree [ethernet] PORT-LIST <|auto-edge-port>| | |<1-200000000>|auto>>| >| | | | | | | >| >> Description: Configure the port-specific parameters of the spanning tree protocol for individual ports.
PAGE 653
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree RSTP/MSTP. When correctly set for each port, it improves the operation of protocol. 'True' indicates that the port will be treated as if it is connected to a point-to-point LAN segment, regardless of any information to the contrary that the switch receives. 'False' indicates that the port will be treated as if it is connected to a non-point-to-point LAN segment, regardless of any information to the contrary that the switch receives.
PAGE 654
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree ■ spanning-tree clear-debug-counters ports [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Clear spanning tree port(s) debug counters. Next Available Option: ■ instance < 0 to 16 > -- Clear spanning tree instance debug counters. (NUMBER) (p. 643) priority ■ spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST priority < 0 to 15 > Set port priority (the value is in range of 0-240 divided into steps of 16 that are numbered from 0 to 15, default is step 8).
PAGE 655
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree Enables or disables the PVST protection feature on the port or range of ports specified. The command indicates which ports are not expected to receive any PVST BPDUs. Default: Disabled on all ports reset ■ spanning-tree pending reset Copy active configuration to pending. root-guard ■ [no] spanning-tree [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST root-guard Set port to ignore superior BPDUs to prevent it from becoming Root Port.
PAGE 656
Command Line Interface Reference Guide spanning-tree ■ [no] spanning-tree pending instance < 1 to 16 > vlan VLAN-ID-RANGE VLAN(s) to add to or to remove from the MST instance © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 657
stack OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] [no] [no] [no] [no] [no] stack stack stack stack stack stack stack commander ASCII-STR join MAC-ADDR member INTEGER mac-address MAC-ADDR [password ASCII-STR] auto-join auto-grab transmission-interval <1-300> Description: Configure device to/from a stack - a group of devices manageable as a single entity. - 'stack' by itself enables stacking on the switch. The 'no' option disables stacking.
PAGE 658
Command Line Interface Reference Guide stack COMMAND DETAILS auto-grab (p. 656) auto-join (p. 656) commander (p. 656) join (p. 656) mac-address (p. 656) member (p. 656) password (p. 656) transmission-interval (p.
PAGE 659
startup-default OVERVIEW Category: manager Primary context: manager Related Commands show config (page 540) show flash (page 552) Usage: startup-default [] config FILENAME Description: Set the default configuration file. A separate configuration file may be set as the default for each software image, or a single configuration file may be set as the default when booting either image by omitting the optional 'primary|secondary' parameter.
PAGE 660
Command Line Interface Reference Guide startup-default ■ primary -- Primary flash image. ■ secondary -- Secondary flash image. Next Available Option: ■ config < config | config1 > -- Specify configuration file to set as default.(p. 657) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 661
static-mac OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “static-mac” (page 594) Usage: static-mac vlan interface Description: Lock down a MAC address to a port on a vlan. Parameters: o MAC-ADDR - MAC address to lock down. o vlan VLAN-ID - VLAN on which to lock down the MAC address. o interface PORT-LIST - Port list on which to lock down the MAC address.
PAGE 662
static-vlan OVERVIEW Category: config Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “vlan” (page 603) the section called “gvrp” (page 554) gvrp (page 193) Usage: static-vlan VLAN-ID Description: Transform a dynamic VLAN to a static VLAN. COMMAND STRUCTURE EXAMPLES Example: static-vlan Convert dynamically created VLAN 125 into a port-based, static VLAN: ProCurve(config)# static-vlan 125 © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 663
svlan OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands qinq (page 409) vlan (page 706) show qinq (page 582) show svlans (page 597) Usage: [no] svlan VLAN-ID [...] Description: Add, delete, edit SVLAN configuration or enter a SVLAN context. If an existing 'SVLAN VLAN-ID' is specified you are put into the context for that SVLAN, and can then execute commands for that SVLAN. If a new VLAN-ID is specified, the new SVLAN is added with the VLAN-ID, and you are put into the context of the new SVLAN.
PAGE 664
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ svlan ■ dhcp-bootp -- Configure the interface to use DHCP/Bootp server to acquire parameters. (p. 666) ■ ip-addr -- Interface IP address/mask. (IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH) (p. 668) svlan VLAN-ID ipv6 -- Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN (p. 668) ■ address -- Set IPv6 parameters for communication within an IP network (p. 664) ■ autoconfig -- Automatic address configuration. (p. 665) ■ dhcp -- Configure a DHCPv6 client. (p.
PAGE 665
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Edge1(config)# int A1 qinq port-type customer-network Edge1(config)# svlan 200 Edge1(svlan-200)# untagged A2 Edge1(svlan-200)# exit Edge1(config)# int A2 qinq port-type customer-network Edge2(config)# svlan 100 Edge2(svlan-100)# untagged A1 Edge2(svlan-100)# exit Edge2(config)# int A1 qinq port-type customer-network Edge2(config)# svlan 200 Edge2(svlan-200)# untagged A2 Edge2(svlan-200)# exit Edge2(config)# int A2 qinq port-type customer-network Configure the
PAGE 666
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Next Available Option: ■ direction < in | out | connection-rate-filter | ... > -- (p. 666) address ■ [no] svlan VLAN-ID ip address Usage: [no] ip address [dhcp-bootp|IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH] Description: Set IP parameters for communication within an IP network. Each VLAN represents an IP interface having its own unique configuration.
PAGE 667
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan following syntax: ipv6 address 1234:abcd::5678/40 ipv6 address 2001:0db8:1:1:ffff:ffff:ffff:fffe/64 anycast ipv6 address 2001:0db8:0:1::/64 eui-64 Only link-local addreses are configured without PREFIX-LEN as below: ipv6 address FE80:0:0:0:0123:0456:0789:0abc link-local Multiple addresses may be configured on a single VLAN. Next Available Options: ■ autoconfig -- Automatic address configuration.(p. 665) ■ dhcp -- Configure a DHCPv6 client.(p.
PAGE 668
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Automatic address configuration. binary-range ■ svlan VLAN-ID qos dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in binary.
PAGE 669
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Specify DSCP policy to use. Next Available Options: ■ integer-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. (p. 667) ■ binary-range < 0 to 63 > -- Specify the DSCP code-point in binary. (BINARY) (p. 666) ■ well-defined < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > -- Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802(p.
PAGE 670
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Usage: [no] ip ... Description: Configure various IP parameters for the VLAN. The 'ip' command must be followed by a feature-specific keyword. Use 'ip ?' to get a list of all possible options. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Options: ■ access-group -- Apply the specified access control list on this VLAN interface (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 671
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Next Available Options: ■ anycast -- Address that is assigned to a set of interfaces that typically belong to different nodes(p. 665) ■ eui-64 -- An IPv6 EUI-64 address that can be automatically configured on any interface(p. 667) jumbo ■ [no] svlan VLAN-ID jumbo Usage: [no] jumbo Description: Labels this VLAN as a Jumbo VLAN, allowing you to pass packets up to 9220 bytes in size. This is a VLAN context command.
PAGE 672
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Parameters: svlan o 1-4 - Mirror destination number o NAME-STR - Friendly name associated with the mirror destination number. o ACL-NAME - Standard or Extended Access Control List number. o direction of the traffic to be monitored. Next Available Option: ■ all < In | Out | Both > -- Monitor all traffic.(p. 665) monitor_mirror_session_id ■ [no] svlan VLAN-ID monitor all < In | Out | Both > mirror < 1 to 4 > Mirror destination number.
PAGE 673
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan protocol-group ■ [no] svlan VLAN-ID protocol PROTOCOL-GROUP Enter a list of protocols for the current VLAN delimited by commas. protocols ■ [no] svlan VLAN-ID protocol < IPX | IPv4 | IPv6 | ... > Set a predefined protocol for the current VLAN.
PAGE 674
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan Description: Assign ports to current VLAN as tagged. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. unblock ■ svlan VLAN-ID connection-rate-filter unblock Resets a host previously blocked by the connection rate filter Next Available Options: ■ all -- Resets all previously blocked by the connection rate filter (p. 665) ■ host -- Match packets from the specified IP address. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 675
Command Line Interface Reference Guide svlan 'no qos dscp-map ' will remove the settings for the specified codepoint from the running configuration. The priority is set to no-override and the name is deleted (the priority and name can only be removed if no QoS feature is configured to use this DSCP Policy). 'no qos dscp-map name' will remove the name associated with this policy, but not the policy priority. Certain codepoints may have a default associated 802.
PAGE 676
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ svlan cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 677
switch-interconnect OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands trunk Usage:[no] switch-interconnect [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Add or remove a switch-interconnect port. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ switch-interconnect port-num -- ([ethernet] PORT-NUM) (p. 675) ■ switch-interconnect trk-group < Trk1 | Trk2 | Trk3 | ... > -- (p.
PAGE 678
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ switch-interconnect Trk15 -- Trunk group 15 Trk16 -- Trunk group 16 Trk17 -- Trunk group 17 Trk18 -- Trunk group 18 Trk19 -- Trunk group 19 Trk20 -- Trunk group 20 Trk21 -- Trunk group 21 Trk22 -- Trunk group 22 Trk23 -- Trunk group 23 Trk24 -- Trunk group 24 Trk25 -- Trunk group 25 Trk26 -- Trunk group 26 Trk27 -- Trunk group 27 Trk28 -- Trunk group 28 Trk29 -- Trunk group 2
PAGE 679
system OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands To change global system parameters COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] system fan-pref-airflow-dir -- Changes the preferred fan airflow direction (p. 677) ■ int < port-to-power | power-to-port > -- (p. 677) COMMAND DETAILS fan-pref-airflow-dir (p. 677) int (p. 677) fan-pref-airflow-dir ■ [no] system fan-pref-airflow-dir Usage: system fan-pref-airflow-dir Description: Changes the preferred fan airflow direction.
PAGE 680
tacacs-server OVERVIEW Category: Accounting Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) Usage: [no] tacacs-server host IP-ADDR [key KEY-STR] [no] tacacs-server key KEY-STR tacacs-server timeout <1-255> Description: Configure TACACS+ authentication servers. The first version of the command adds (or removes, if 'no' is specified) a TACACS+ server to (from) the list of servers that will be used for authentication. Up to 3 TACACS+ servers can be configured.
PAGE 681
Command Line Interface Reference Guide tacacs-server host ■ [no] tacacs-server host IP-ADDR IP address of the server to use. Next Available Option: ■ key -- Encryption key to use with server.(p. 679) key ■ [no] tacacs-server host IP-ADDR key Encryption key to use with server. Next Available Option: ■ key -- (ASCII-STR) (p. 679) ■ tacacs-server host IP-ADDR key KEY ■ [no] tacacs-server key Global encryption key. Next Available Option: ■ key -- (ASCII-STR) (p.
PAGE 682
task-monitor OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: [no] task-monitor FEATURE Description: Enable the task monitoring of the specified feature. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] task-monitor cpu -- Monitor cpu usage by task group. (p.
PAGE 683
telnet OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: telnet Description: Initiate an outbound telnet session to another network device. The destination can be specified using one of the following parameter types: o o o o IPV4-ADDR - IPv4 address of device to telnet to. IPV6-ADDR - IPv6 address of device to telnet to. HOSTNAME - Hostname of device to telnet to. SWITCH-NUM - The stack member number to telnet to. (1..
PAGE 684
Command Line Interface Reference Guide telnet IPv6 address of the device to connect to. SWITCH-NUM ■ telnet NUMBER The stack member number to which to telnet. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 685
telnet-server OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands the section called “console” (page 543) Usage: [no] telnet-server Description: Enable/disable telnet server on the switch. For remote clients to use telnet, the switch must first be configured for IPv4. By default, telnet access is enabled. Use 'show console' command to see the status of this function.
PAGE 686
terminal OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands the section called “terminal” (page 598) Usage: terminal [length <2-1000> | width <53-1920>] Description: Set the dimensions of the terminal window. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ terminal length < 2 to 1000 > -- Set the height of the terminal window (NUMBER) (p. 684) ■ terminal width < 61 to 1920 > -- Set the width of the terminal window (NUMBER) (p. 684) COMMAND DETAILS length (p. 684) width (p.
PAGE 687
tftp OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: [no] tftp [client|server] Description: Enable/disable TFTP, trivial file transfer protocol. If SFTP is enabled, TFTP will be disabled. If SFTP is to be enabled using SNMP, both TFTP and auto-TFTP MUST first be disabled. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ [no] tftp client -- Enable/disable the TFTP client (p. 685) ■ [no] tftp server -- Enable/disable the TFTP server (p. 685) COMMAND DETAILS client (p. 685) server (p.
PAGE 688
time OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands ip (page 290) sntp (page 634) clock (page 86) Usage: time [HH:MM:SS] [MM/DD[/[yy]yy]] [daylight-time-rule [begin-date ] [end-date ] [timezone <-720..840>] Description: Display/set current time, date, and local time parameters.
PAGE 689
Command Line Interface Reference Guide time Example: timesync sntp Select SNTP as the time source and configure it with unicast mode and an SNTP server at 10.28.227.141 with the default server version (3) and default poll interval (720 seconds): ProCurve(config)# timesync sntp Example: time timezone daylight-time-rule Set the time zone and daylight time rule for Vancouver, Canada: ProCurve(config)# time timezone -480 daylight-time-rule continental-us-and-canada COMMAND DETAILS begin-date (p.
PAGE 690
Command Line Interface Reference Guide time The number of minutes your location is West(-) or East(+) of GMT Range: < -720 to 840 > © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 691
timesync OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands ip (page 290) sntp (page 634) the section called “timep” (page 599) the section called “sntp” (page 592) Usage: [no] timesync Description: Configure the network time protocol. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ timesync sntp -- Set the time protocol to SNTP (p. 689) ■ timesync timep -- Set the time protocol to the TIME protocol (p.
PAGE 692
traceroute OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: operator Related Commands ping (page 392) Usage: traceroute [minttl <1-255>] [maxttl <1-255>] [timeout <1-120>] [probes <1-5>] [source ] Description: Trace the IPv4 route to a device on the network. Parameters: o IP-ADDR - IPv4 address of device to which to send traceroute. o hostname - Hostname of device to which to send IPv4 traceroute.
PAGE 693
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>. (p. 692) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>. (p. 693) ■ vlan -- Source VLAN. (VLAN-ID) (p. 693) ■ maxttl < 1 to 255 > -- Maximum time to live <1-255>. (p. 692) ■ minttl < 1 to 255 > -- Minimum time to live <1-255>. (p. 692) ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>. (p. 692) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>. (p.
PAGE 694
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute Next Available Options: ■ minttl < 1 to 255 > -- Minimum time to live <1-255>.(p. 692) ■ maxttl < 1 to 255 > -- Maximum time to live <1-255>.(p. 692) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>.(p. 693) ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>.(p. 692) maxttl ■ traceroute IP-ADDR maxttl < 1 to 255 > Maximum time to live <1-255>. Range: < 1 to 255 > ■ traceroute HOST-NAME maxttl < 1 to 255 > Maximum time to live <1-255>.
PAGE 695
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute ■ traceroute HOST-NAME probes < 1 to 5 > Number of Probes <1-5>. Range: < 1 to 5 > ■ traceroute source VLAN-ID probes < 1 to 5 > Number of Probes <1-5>. Range: < 1 to 5 > ■ traceroute source IP-ADDR probes < 1 to 5 > Number of Probes <1-5>. Range: < 1 to 5 > source ■ traceroute source Source address or VLAN. Next Available Options: ■ vlan -- Source VLAN. (VLAN-ID) (p. 693) ■ ip-addr -- Source IPv4 address. (IP-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 696
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>.(p. 692) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 697
traceroute6 OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands ping (page 392) traceroute (page 690) ping6 (page 395) Usage: traceroute6 [minttl <1-255>] [maxttl <1-255>] [timeout <1-120>] [probes <1-5>] Description: Trace the IPv6 route to a device on the network. Parameters: o IPV6-ADDR - IPv6 address of device to which to send traceroute. o hostname - Hostname of deivce to which to send IPv6 traceroute.
PAGE 698
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute6 ■ traceroute6 ipv6-addr -- Destination IPv6 adddress. (IPV6-ADDR) (p. 696) ■ maxttl < 1 to 255 > -- Maximum time to live <1-255>. (p. 697) ■ minttl < 1 to 255 > -- Minimum time to live <1-255>. (p. 697) ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>. (p. 698) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>. (p. 698) ■ traceroute6 source -- Source address or VLAN. (p. 698) ■ ip-addr -- Source IPv6 address. (IPV6-ADDR) (p.
PAGE 699
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute6 Next Available Options: ■ minttl < 1 to 255 > -- Minimum time to live <1-255>.(p. 697) ■ maxttl < 1 to 255 > -- Maximum time to live <1-255>.(p. 697) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>.(p. 698) ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>.(p. 698) maxttl ■ traceroute6 IPV6-ADDR maxttl < 1 to 255 > Maximum number of hops allowed for each probe packet sent along the route.
PAGE 700
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute6 Default: 1 probes ■ traceroute6 IPV6-ADDR probes < 1 to 5 > Number of times a traceroute is performed to locate the IPv6 device at any hop in the route to the specified host before the operation times out. <1-5>. Range: < 1 to 5 > Default: 3 ■ traceroute6 HOST-NAME probes < 1 to 5 > Number of times a traceroute is performed to locate the IPv6 device at any hop in the route to the specified host before the operation times out. <1-5>.
PAGE 701
Command Line Interface Reference Guide traceroute6 Next Available Options: ■ minttl < 1 to 255 > -- Minimum time to live <1-255>.(p. 697) ■ maxttl < 1 to 255 > -- Maximum time to live <1-255>.(p. 697) ■ timeout < 1 to 120 > -- Traceroute timeout in seconds <1-120>.(p. 698) ■ probes < 1 to 5 > -- Number of Probes <1-5>.(p. 698) © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 702
trunk OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands switch-interconnect (page 675) Usage: trunk [ethernet] PORT-LIST [trunk|lacp] no trunk [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Add or remove a switch port from a port trunk. Each port on the switch (up to 8 ports total) can be made a member of a port trunk. The 'no trunk' command can be used to remove ports from an existing trunk.
PAGE 703
Command Line Interface Reference Guide trunk EXAMPLES Example: trunk with dt-lacp Option for Distributed Trunking Configure the trunk ports using the trunk command with the dt-lacp option. The trunk groups must be identical in both switches, for example, both the Local and Remote switch trunks are configured as trk10 with the dt-lacp option. ProCurve Switch Local(config)# trunk a9-a10 trk10 dt-lacp ProCurve Switch Remote(config)# trunk a5-a6 trk10 dt-lacp COMMAND DETAILS portlist (p.
PAGE 704
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ trunk Trk24 -- Trunk group 24 Trk25 -- Trunk group 25 Trk26 -- Trunk group 26 Trk27 -- Trunk group 27 Trk28 -- Trunk group 28 Trk29 -- Trunk group 29 Trk30 -- Trunk group 30 Trk31 -- Trunk group 31 Trk32 -- Trunk group 32 Trk33 -- Trunk group 33 Trk34 -- Trunk group 34 Trk35 -- Trunk group 35 Trk36 -- Trunk group 36 Trk37 -- Trunk group 37 Trk38 -- Trunk group 38 Trk39 -- Trunk group 39 Trk40
PAGE 705
update OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: update Description: Enter Monitor ROM Console. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 706
upgrade-software OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: upgrade-software SOFTWARE-KEY Description: Enter a key to upgrade system software and enable advanced features. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 707
virus-throttle OVERVIEW Category: Troubleshooting Primary context: config Related Commands connection-rate-filter (page 90) Usage: [no] virus-throttle Description: To configure virus throttling, please use the 'connection-rate-filter' command. COMMAND STRUCTURE © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 708
vlan OVERVIEW Category: VLANs Primary context: config Related Commands show vlans (page 607) ip (page 290) ipv6 (page 313) router (page 471) mirror-port (page 381) Usage: [no] vlan VLAN-ID [...] Description: Add, delete, edit VLAN configuration or enter a VLAN context. If an existing VLAN-ID is specified you are put into the context for that VLAN, and can then execute commands for that VLAN.
PAGE 709
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ vlan ■ udp -- Add or remove a UDP server address for the VLAN (p. 749) ■ ip-addr -- IP address of the protocol server. (IP-ADDR) (p. 729) ■ port-name < dns | ntp | netbios-ns | ... > -- (NUMBER) (p. 741) ■ port-num -- UDP port number of the server. (TCP/UDP-PORT) (p. 741) helper-address -- Add or remove a DHCP server IP address for the VLAN (IP-ADDR) (p. 726) igmp -- Enable/disable/configure IP Multicast Group Protocol (IGMP) feature on a VLAN (p.
PAGE 710
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ chain-name -- Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. (ASCII-STR) (p. 720) ■ passive -- Configures an ospf interface as passive. (p. 739) ■ priority < 0 to 255 > -- Set priority of this router as a designated router. (p. 742) ■ retransmit-interval < 1 to 3600 > -- Set retransmit interval in seconds; the default is 5. (p. 746) ■ transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > -- Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. (p. 749) ■ area -- Specify an OSPF area. (p.
PAGE 711
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ max-graft-retries < 1 to 10 > -- Set the maximum number of times this router will resend a Graft on this interface (p. 734) ■ override-interval < 500 to 6000 > -- Set the value inserted into the Override Interval field of a LAN Prune Delay option on this interface (p. 739) ■ propagation-delay < 250 to 2000 > -- Set the value inserted into the LAN Prune Delay field of a LAN Prune Delay option on this interface (p.
PAGE 712
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ receive < V1-only | V2-only | V1-or-V2 | ... > -- Define RIP version for incoming packets. (p. 745) ■ rip-compatible < V1-only | V2-only | V1-or-V2 > -- Define RIP version for incoming and outgoing packets. (p. 747) ■ send < disabled | V1-only | V1-compatible-V2 | ... > -- Define RIP version for outgoing packets. (p. 747) ■ metric < 1 to 15 > -- Set metric for this interface. (p. 734) ■ poison-reverse -- Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. (p.
PAGE 713
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ vlan ■ ns-interval -- Configures the neighbor discovery time between neighbor solicitation requests sent for an unresolved destination, or between duplicate address detection neighbor solicitation requests (p. 737) ■ number < 1000 to 3600000 > -- Configures the neighbor discovery time between neighbor solicitation requests sent for an unresolved destination, or between duplicate address detection neighbor solicitation requests (p.
PAGE 714
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ lowest -- Dynamically determine lowest IP address. (p. 733) ■ priority < 1 to 255 > -- Configure priority for the virtual router instance (p. 742) ■ track -- Enable/disable tracking for VR (p. 748) ■ interface -- Enable/disable tracking of logical ports for VR (p. 728) ■ lport-list -- Enable/disable tracking of specified logical ports for VR ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 733) ■ vlan -- Enable/disable tracking of VLANs for VR (p.
PAGE 715
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan forward (p. 724) forward-protocol (p. 724) full (p. 725) graft-retry-interval (p. 725) hello-delay (p. 725) hello-interval (p. 725) nd (p. 737) no-default (p. 737) ns-interval (p. 737) number (p. 738) ospf (p. 738) override-interval (p. 739) owner (p. 739) voice (p. 750) vrid (p. 751) vrrp (p. 751) well-defined (p. 752) with-monitoring (p.
PAGE 716
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan o dhcp-bootp - The switch attempts to get its configuration from a DHCP/Bootp server. o IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH - Assign an IP address to the switch or VLAN. The IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH may be specified in two ways using the following syntax: ip address 192.32.36.87/24 ip address 192.32.36.87 255.255.255.0 Both of the statements above would have the same effect. Multiple addresses may be configured on a single VLAN.
PAGE 717
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Usage: [no] ip irdp Description: Specify the destination address to be used for router advertisements. It has to be either multicast or broadcast. If the value of this object is 'multicast' (the default), router advertisements will be sent to the all-hosts multicast address, 224.0.0.1. If the value of this object is 'broadcast', router advertisements sent on this interface will be sent to the limitied broadcast address, 255.255.255.255.
PAGE 718
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ rip-compatible < V1-only | V2-only | V1-or-V2 > -- Define RIP version for incoming and outgoing packets.(p. 747) ■ vlan VLAN-ID connection-rate-filter unblock all Resets all previously blocked by the connection rate filter ■ vlan VLAN-ID monitor all < In | Out | Both > Monitor all traffic.
PAGE 719
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all area Specify an OSPF area. Next Available Options: ■ area-id -- Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. (OSPF-AREA-ID) (p. 717) ■ backbone -- The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0).(p. 719) area-id ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf area OSPF-AREA-ID Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal. ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR area OSPF-AREA-ID Single integer or IP address style dotted decimal.
PAGE 720
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters). ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all authentication-key Set simple authentication method and key. Next Available Option: ■ authentication-key -- OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters). (OCTET-STR) (p. 717) ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all authentication-key OCTET-STR OSPF authentication key (maximum 8 characters). ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip rip authentication-key Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters).
PAGE 721
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ none -- Do not use authentication. ■ text -- Use simple password. auth-key-text ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip rip authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip rip IP-ADDR authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters). ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip rip all authentication-key OCTET-STR Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters).
PAGE 722
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all area backbone The backbone area (the same as 0.0.0.0). backup ■ vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > backup Usage: vrrp vrid backup Description: Designate the virtual router instance as a Backup. There is no default value. binary-range ■ vlan VLAN-ID qos dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in binary.
PAGE 723
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR md5-auth-key-chain CHAIN-NAME Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication. ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all md5-auth-key-chain CHAIN-NAME Specify key chain to use for MD5 authentication.
PAGE 724
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan dhcp ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ipv6 address dhcp Configure a DHCPv6 client. Next Available Option: ■ full -- Obtain IPv6 address & Configuration information from DHCPv6 server.(p. 725) dhcp-bootp ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip address dhcp-bootp Configure the interface to use DHCP/Bootp server to acquire parameters. dhcp-snooping ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID dhcp-snooping direction ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip access-group ACCESS-GROUP < in | out | connection-rate-filter | ...
PAGE 725
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan enable ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ipv6 enable Enable IPv6 on an interface and configures an automatically generated link-local addr. ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > enable Usage: [no] vrrp vrid enable Description: Enable/disable operation of the virtual router instance. The default value is 'disabled'.
PAGE 726
Command Line Interface Reference Guide Usage: vlan [no] ipv6 mld fastleave < port-list > Description: Enables MLD fast-leaves on the specified ports in the selected VLAN. The no form of the command disables MLD fast-leave on the specified ports in the selected VLAN. forbid ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID forbid [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] forbid [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Prevent ports from becoming a member of the current VLAN. This is a VLAN context command.
PAGE 727
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Usage: [no] ip forward-protocol udp IP-ADDR PORT-NUM|PORT-NAME Description: Add or remove a UDP server address for the VLAN. The broadcast packets received by the switch on this VLAN are to be forwarded to the specified application server. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. Next Available Option: ■ udp -- Add or remove a UDP server address for the VLAN(p.
PAGE 728
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR hello-interval < 1 to 65535 > Set hello interval in seconds; the default is 10. Range: < 1 to 65535 > ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all hello-interval < 1 to 65535 > Set hello interval in seconds; the default is 10. Range: < 1 to 65535 > ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-dense hello-interval < 5 to 300 > Usage: ip pim-dense hello-interval <5-300> Description: Set the frequency at which PIM Hello messages are transmitted on this interface.
PAGE 729
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan host ■ vlan VLAN-ID connection-rate-filter unblock host IP-ADDR Match packets from the specified IP address. igmp ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip igmp Usage: [no] ip igmp [...] Description: Enable/disable/configure IP Multicast Group Protocol (IGMP) feature on a VLAN. This command enables, disables or configures the IGMP feature for IGMP communication between Multicast Routers, Multicast Servers, and Multicast Clients connected to the device.
PAGE 730
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan in ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID service-policy SERVICE-POLICY in Apply policy on inbound packets. integer-range ■ vlan VLAN-ID qos dscp < 0 to 63 > Specify the DSCP code-point in decimal. Range: < 0 to 63 > interface ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > track interface Usage: [no] vrrp vrid track interface Description: Enable/disable tracking of logical ports for VR.
PAGE 731
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Next Available Options: ■ access-group -- Apply the specified access control list on this VLAN interface (ASCII-STR) (p. 713) ■ address -- Set IP parameters for communication within an IP network(p. 713) ■ proxy-arp -- Enable/disable proxy ARP(p. 744) ■ local-proxy-arp -- Enable/disable local proxy ARP(p. 733) ■ bootp-gateway -- Add or remove the gateway address to be used for stamping incoming DHCP requests(p.
PAGE 732
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip rip IP-ADDR Specify the IP address the request is for. Next Available Options: ■ authentication-type < none | text > -- Set authentication type used on this interface.(p. 718) ■ authentication-key -- Set RIP authentication key (maximum 16 characters).(p. 717) ■ metric < 1 to 15 > -- Set metric for this interface.(p. 734) ■ poison-reverse -- Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface.(p.
PAGE 733
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > primary-ip-address IP-ADDR Specify IP address. ip-recv-mac-address ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip-recv-mac-address Usage: [no] ip-recv-mac-address interval <1-255> Description: Associates a L3-mac-address with a VLAN. To associate L3-Mac-Address for a VLAN. ip-recv-mac-address interval <1-255> To associate L3-Mac-Address with a VLAN with default timeout interval of 60s.
PAGE 734
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Next Available Option: ■ link-local -- Configure a link-local IPv6 address.(p. 733) ipv6-addr/mask ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ipv6 address IPV6-ADDR/PREFIX-LEN Configure IPv6 address represented in CIDR notation. Next Available Options: ■ anycast -- Address that is assigned to a set of interfaces that typically belong to different nodes(p. 716) ■ eui-64 -- An IPv6 EUI-64 address that can be automatically configured on any interface(p.
PAGE 735
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan lan-prune-delay ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-dense lan-prune-delay Usage: [no] ip pim-dense lan-prune-delay Description: Turn on/off the LAN Prune Delay Option on this interface. Default is 'on'. ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-sparse lan-prune-delay Usage: [no] ip pim-sparse lan-prune-delay Description: Turn on/off the LAN Prune Delay Option on this interface. Default is 'on'.
PAGE 736
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Usage: [no] ip irdp maxadvertinterval <4-1800> Description: Set the maximum time (in seconds) allowed between sending unsolicited router advertisements. Range: < 4 to 1800 > max-graft-retries ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-dense max-graft-retries < 1 to 10 > Usage: ip pim-dense max-graft-retries <1-10> Description: Set the maximum number of times this router will resend a Graft on this interface. Default is 2.
PAGE 737
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan minadvertinterval ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip irdp minadvertinterval < 3 to 1800 > Usage: [no] ip irdp minadvertinterval <3-1800> Description: Set the minimum time (in seconds) allowed between sending unsolicited router advertisements. Must be no greater than the maximum time between sending unsolicited router advertisements. Range: < 3 to 1800 > mirror ■ vlan VLAN-ID monitor all < In | Out | Both > mirror Mirror destination.
PAGE 738
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ forward -- Instruct the device to forward incoming multicast packets received on the specified ports ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 724) ■ fastleave -- Enables MLD fast-leaves on the specified ports in the selected VLAN ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p. 723) ■ forcedfastleave -- Enables MLD Forced Fast-Leave on the specified ports in the selected VLAN, even if they are cascaded ([ethernet] PORT-LIST) (p.
PAGE 739
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan name ■ vlan VLAN-ID name NAME Usage: name ASCII-STR Description: Set the VLAN's name. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. nbr-timeout ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip pim-sparse nbr-timeout < 60 to 8000 > Usage: ip pim-sparse nbr-timeout <60-8000> Description: Set the neighbour loss time interval for this interface. Default is 180 seconds.
PAGE 740
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan solicitation requests sent for an unresolved destination, or between duplicate address detection neighbor solicitation requests. When set to a non-default value, this is included in router advertisements as the ra-retranstime value.
PAGE 741
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ vlan authentication -- Disable authentication.(p. 717) md5-auth-key-chain -- Set MD5 authentication method and key chain.(p. 734) cost < 1 to 65535 > -- Set metric of this interface.(p. 721) dead-interval < 1 to 65535 > -- Set dead interval in seconds; the default is 40.(p. 721) hello-interval < 1 to 65535 > -- Set hello interval in seconds; the default is 10.(p. 725) priority < 0 to 255 > -- Set priority of this router as a designated router.(p.
PAGE 742
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Usage: [no] ip pim-dense [...] Description: Enable/disable/configure PIM-DM protocol on the VLAN interface. Use direct and 'no' versions of the command to enable/disable PIM-DM on the interface. Use 'ip pim-dense ?' to get the list of all configuration options. This command can be used in the VLAN context or in the global context with the 'vlan ' prefix.
PAGE 743
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan poison-reverse ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip rip poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip rip IP-ADDR poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip rip all poison-reverse Enable/disable poison reverse on this interface. port-name ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID ip forward-protocol udp IP-ADDR < dns | ntp | netbios-ns | ...
PAGE 744
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Range: < 1 to 600 > preempt-mode ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > preempt-mode Usage: [no] vrrp vrid preempt-mode Description: Enable/disable preempt mode for the virtual router instance. The default value is 'enabled'.
PAGE 745
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Range: < 0 to 255 > ■ vlan VLAN-ID qos priority < 0 | 1 | 2 | ... > Specify priority to use. Supported Values: ■ 0 ■ 1 ■ 2 ■ 3 ■ 4 ■ 5 ■ 6 ■ 7 ■ vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > priority < 1 to 255 > Usage: vrrp vrid priority <1-255> Description: Configure priority for the virtual router instance. The default value is '100'.
PAGE 746
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Enter a list of protocols for the current VLAN delimited by commas. protocols ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID protocol < IPX | IPv4 | IPv6 | ... > Set a predefined protocol for the current VLAN.
PAGE 747
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan enabled, the device cannot become Querier for the subnet unless the VLAN has an IP Address (use the 'show ip' command to determine this). Each subnet must have at least one IGMP Querier-capable device in order for IGMP to function properly. The querier interval setting modifies the time (in seconds) between IGMP queries. Next Available Option: ■ interval < 5 to 300 > -- Sets the interval in seconds between IGMP queries (default: 125) (p.
PAGE 748
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Supported Values: ■ V1-only -- Accept RIP version 1 updates only. ■ V2-only -- Accept RIP version 2 updates only. ■ V1-or-V2 -- Accept both RIP 1 and RIP 2 updates. ■ disabled -- Do not accept RIP updates. ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip rip all receive < V1-only | V2-only | V1-or-V2 | ... > Define RIP version for incoming packets. Supported Values: ■ V1-only -- Accept RIP version 1 updates only. ■ V2-only -- Accept RIP version 2 updates only.
PAGE 749
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ ip-addr -- Specify the IP address the request is for. (IP-ADDR) (p. 729) ■ all -- Process the request for all IP addresses.(p. 715) rip-compatible ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip rip < V1-only | V2-only | V1-or-V2 > Define RIP version for incoming and outgoing packets. Supported Values: ■ V1-only -- Use RIP version 1 only. ■ V2-only -- Use RIP version 2 only. ■ V1-or-V2 -- Use RIP 2 in the RIP 1 compatible mode.
PAGE 750
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan ■ V1-only -- Send RIP version 1 updates only. ■ V1-compatible-V2 -- Send RIP 2 updates using RFC 1058 route subsumption. ■ V2-only -- Send RIP version 2 updates only. service-policy ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID service-policy SERVICE-POLICY Usage: [no] service-policy in Description: Apply the QoS/Mirror policy on the vlan. Parameters: o - Policy name. o in - Apply the policy in inbound direction.
PAGE 751
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan transit-delay ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. Range: < 1 to 3600 > ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf IP-ADDR transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1. Range: < 1 to 3600 > ■ vlan VLAN-ID ip ospf all transit-delay < 1 to 3600 > Set transit delay in seconds; the default is 1.
PAGE 752
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Next Available Options: ■ all -- Resets all previously blocked by the connection rate filter (p. 715) ■ host -- Match packets from the specified IP address. (IP-ADDR) (p. 727) ■ src-ip -- Match packets from the specified subnet. (IP-ADDR/mask-LENGTH) (p. 748) untagged ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID untagged [ETHERNET] PORT-LIST Usage: [no] untagged [ethernet] PORT-LIST Description: Assign ports to current VLAN as untagged. This is a VLAN context command.
PAGE 753
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan Usage: [no] voice Description: Labels this VLAN as a Voice VLAN, allowing you to separate, prioritize, and authenticate voice traffic moving through your network. This is a VLAN context command. It can be called directly from the VLAN context or follow the 'vlan VLAN-ID' command. vrid ■ [no] vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > Usage: [no] vrrp vrid [...] Description: Configure a virtual router instance for the VLAN.
PAGE 754
Command Line Interface Reference Guide vlan well-defined ■ vlan VLAN-ID qos dscp < af11 | af12 | af13 | ... > Usage: [no] qos dscp-map <0|1...63|af11|af12|af13|af21|af22|af23|af31|af32| af33|af41|af42|af43|ef|cs0..cs7|000000|000001...111111>| [priority <<0-7>|no-override>] [name ] Description: Define mapping between a DSCP (Differentiated-Services Codepoint) value and an 802.1p priority.
PAGE 755
Command Line Interface Reference Guide ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ vlan af12 af13 af21 af22 af23 af31 af32 af33 af41 af42 af43 ef cs0 cs1 cs2 cs3 cs4 cs5 cs6 cs7 with-monitoring ■ vlan VLAN-ID vrrp vrid < 1 to 255 > failover with-monitoring Usage: vrrp vrid failover with-monitoring Description: Trigger VR to failover and continue montior of master VR. © 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
PAGE 756
walkMIB OVERVIEW Category: SNMP Primary context: manager Related Commands getMIB (page 192) setMIB (page 504) Usage: walkmib OBJECT-STR [OBJECT-STR ...] Description: Walk through all instances of the object specified displaying the MIB object names, instances and values. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ walkMIB object -- The mib object to start from. (ASCII-STR) (p. 754) EXAMPLES Example: walkMIB Walk the MIB objects in CdpCacheEntry: COMMAND DETAILS object (p.
PAGE 757
web-management OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: config Related Commands show (page 511) crypto (page 138) crypto (page 138) Usage: [no] web-management [management-url] URL [support-url] URL [
] >] Description: Enable/disable the device web server. Parameters: o management-url - Specify URL to load when the [?] button is clicked on the device's web interface.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-758.html>PAGE 758</a></h6><p>Command Line Interface Reference Guide web-management management-url ■ [no] web-management management-url Specify URL for web interface [?] button. Next Available Option: ■ management-url -- Specify URL for web interface [?] button. (ASCII-STR) (p. 756) ■ web-management management-url MANAGEMENT-URL Specify URL for web interface [?] button. plaintext ■ [no] web-management plaintext Enable/disable the http server (insecure). ssl ■ [no] web-management ssl Enable/disable the https server (secure).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-759.html>PAGE 759</a></h6><p>wireless-services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: config Related Commands Usage: wireless-services <slot-id> [<reload|shutdown>] Description: Configure parameters for the wireless-services module or change the module's state (reload or shutdown). Parameters: o <slot-id> - Configure parameters for the wireless-services module. o <slot-id> reload - Reboot wireless-services module. o <slot-id> shutdown - Shutdown (halt) the wireless-services module.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-760.html>PAGE 760</a></h6><p>Command Line Interface Reference Guide wireless-services Reboot wireless-services module. shutdown ■ wireless-services SLOT-ID shutdown Shutdown (halt) the wireless-services module. tech ■ wireless-services SLOT-ID tech Enter the configuration context for the wireless-services module. wireless-services ■ wireless-services SLOT-ID Usage: wireless-services <slot-id> [<reload|shutdown>] Description: Configure parameters for the wireless-services module or change the module's state (reload or shutdown).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-761.html>PAGE 761</a></h6><p>wireless-services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: manager Related Commands Usage: wireless-services <slot-id> <reload|shutdown> Description: Display parameters for the wireless-services module or change the module's state (reload or shutdown). NOTES Multiple Contexts This command also is available in the config and operator contexts. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ wireless-services SLOT-ID diagnostic-restart -- Reboot wireless-services module into diagnostic partition. (p.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-762.html>PAGE 762</a></h6><p>wireless-services OVERVIEW Category: Primary context: operator Related Commands Usage: wireless-services SLOT-ID Description: Display parameters for the wireless-services module. Parameters: o <slotid> - Device slot identifier for the wireless-services module. NOTES Multiple Contexts This command also is available in the config and manager contexts. COMMAND STRUCTURE ■ wireless-services slot-id -- Device slot identifier for the wireless-services module. (SLOT-ID) (p. 760) COMMAND DETAILS slot-id (p.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-763.html>PAGE 763</a></h6><p>write OVERVIEW Category: Switch Management Primary context: manager Related Commands the section called “config” (page 540) Usage: write <memory|terminal> Description: View or save the running configuration of the switch. write terminal - displays the running configuration of the switch on the terminal write memory - saves the running configuration of the switch to flash. The saved configuration becomes the boot-up configuration of the switch the next time it is booted.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-764.html>PAGE 764</a></h6><p></p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/procurve/5400zl/1-specifications-english/page-765.html>PAGE 765</a></h6><p>ProCurve 5400zl Switches Installation and Getting Startd Guide Technology for better business outcomes To learn more, visit www.hp.com/go/procurve/ © Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty.</p></li></ul></nav></div></section></section></main><footer class=page-footer><div class="container flex-column py-3 py-sm-4"><div class="row mb-1 mb-sm-2 mb-md-5"><a href=/ class="brand offset-sm-0 col-sm-4 col-md-3 col-lg-2 offset-2 col-8 text-center text-md-start"><img class=logo-small src=/assets/img/brand-large.png alt=Manualshelf></a></div><div class=row><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Who We Are</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/about>About Us</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/company>Company</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/careers>Careers</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/terms>Terms & Privacy</a></dd></dl><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Resources</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/brands>List of Manufacturers</a></dd><dd><a href=/ class=text-decoration-none>Support</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/press>For the Press</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/press#assets>Media assets</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/faq>FAQ</a></dd></dl><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Get in touch</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=#>Blog</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=#>Email</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/dmca>DMCA</a></dd></dl></div><div class=row><div class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-4 pe-sm-0"><a href=https://www.facebook.com/pages/ManualShelf/1488826334681423 class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-facebook-f"></i></a><a href=https://www.twitter.com/ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-twitter"></i></a><a href=https://plus.google.com/+ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-google-plus-g"></i></a><a href=http://www.pinterest.com/ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none"><i class="fab fa-pinterest-p"></i></a></div><div class="col col-sm-8 d-flex flex-column align-items-center flex-sm-row flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap justify-content-center justify-content-sm-end"><div class="copy w-auto d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center justify-content-sm-end mt-2 mt-sm-0 me-2">ManualShelf © 2013-2025</div><select class="form-select form-select-sm w-auto mt-2 mt-sm-0"><option value=usa>USA</option></select><div></div></div><div id=pixel><script> googletag.cmd.push(function() { googletag.display('pixel'); }); </script></div></footer><script src=/assets/js/jquery-3.3.1.min.js></script><script src=/assets/js/bootstrap.bundle.min.js></script><script src=/assets/js/jquery.autocomplete.min.js></script><script type=text/javascript> $.extend({ redirectPost: function(location, args) { var form = ''; $.each(args, function(key, value) { form += '<input type="hidden" name="' + key + '" value="' + value + '">'; }); form = '<form id="s1" action="' + location + '" method="POST">' + form + '</form>'; $(document.body).append(form); $("#s1").submit(); } }); $(document).ready(function(){ $("#query").autocomplete({ minChars: 3, groupBy: 'type', paramName: 'q', dataType: 'json', serviceUrl: '/autocomplete', noCache: true, showNoSuggestionNotice: true, noSuggestionNotice: 'Zarro results found', onSelect: function (suggestion) { $.redirectPost(suggestion.data.url, {highlight: encodeURIComponent(JSON.stringify(suggestion.data.hls))}); } }); var toc = $('.toc-selector'); if (toc.length) { var slideParams = { duration: 800, easing: 'linear' }; toc.click(function() { $(this).toggleClass('open'); var section = $('.toc-content'); var isCollapsed = section.attr('data-collapsed') === 'true'; if (isCollapsed) { section.slideDown(slideParams) section.attr('data-collapsed', 'false') } else { section.slideUp(slideParams); section.attr('data-collapsed', 'true') } }); } }); var lastSmall = $(window).width() < 576; $(window).resize(function() { var newSmall = $(window).width() < 576; if (lastSmall != newSmall) { lastSmall = newSmall; window.location.href = window.location.href; } }); </script></body></html>